[opensuse-translation-commit] r97351 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po

23 May 2017

Author: keichwa
Date: 2017-05-23 06:59:00 +0000 (Tue, 23 May 2017)
New Revision: 97351

Modified:
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cio.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/installation.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/network.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/packager.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/registration.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/s390.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/smt.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/update.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vm.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po
   branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po
Log:
merged

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po
===================================================================

--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:45+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -81,13 +81,14 @@
 msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
 msgstr "<li>Medio: %1, vía: %2, producto: %3</li>\n"
 
-#. set addon specific sig-handling
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+#. revert back to the unexpanded URL to have the original URL
+#. in the saved /etc/zypp/repos.d file
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:191
 msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
 msgstr "Hacer el complemento %1 disponible mediante %2."
 
 #. just report error
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:198
 msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
 msgstr "Error al añadir el producto adicional."
 
@@ -475,6 +476,5 @@
 "\n"
 "¿Quiere omitir el uso de productos adicionales?"
 
-#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4
-msgid "Language Installation"
-msgstr "Instalación de idioma"
+#~ msgid "Language Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Instalación de idioma"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-09 02:27+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 #. Backup
 #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
 #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:463
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:476
 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485
 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
 msgid ""
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@
 
 #. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
 #. package dependencies.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374
 msgid ""
 "Error while configuring software selections.\n"
 "Try again.\n"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:27+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -159,74 +159,76 @@
 #. @return a list of summary lines
 #. Display bootloader summary
 #. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:106 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:99 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76
 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
 msgstr "Tipo de cargador de arranque: %1"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:103 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:84
 msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
 msgstr "Habilitar arranque de confianza: %1"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85
 msgid "yes"
 msgstr "sí"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85
 msgid "no"
 msgstr "no"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:117
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110
 msgid "Status Location: %1"
 msgstr "Ubicación del estado: %1"
 
 #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:181
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:174
 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
 msgstr "Orden de los discos duros: %1"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:193
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:186
 msgid " (extended)"
 msgstr " (extendido)"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
 #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:198
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:191
 msgid " (MBR)"
 msgstr " (MBR)"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:219
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:212
 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)"
 msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en MBR (no instalar</a>)"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:223
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)"
 msgstr "No instalar código de arranque en MBR (instalar</a>)"
 
 #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:233
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:226
 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)"
 msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (no instalar</a>)"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:238
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:231
 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)"
 msgstr "No instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (instalar</a>)"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:244
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:237
 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)"
 msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en partición \"/\" (no instalar</a>)"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:249
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:242
 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)"
 msgstr "No instalar el código de arranque en la partición \"/\" (instalar</a>)"
 
 #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:274
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:267
 msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
 msgstr "Advertencia: no se ha seleccionado la ubicación del cargador de arranque stage1. A no ser que sepa lo que hace, seleccione la ubicación anterior."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:282
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:275
 msgid "Change Location: %s"
 msgstr "Cambiar ubicación: %s"
 
@@ -344,14 +346,21 @@
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
 #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n"
+#| "instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n"
+#| "<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n"
+#| "with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n"
+#| "chip).</p>\n"
+#| "<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
+#| "setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n"
 "instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n"
 "<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n"
 "with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n"
 "chip).</p>\n"
-"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
-"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p><b>Arranque de confianza</b> instalará TrustedGRUB2\n"
 "en lugar de GRUB2 normal.</p>\n"
@@ -361,10 +370,16 @@
 "<p>Primero debe asegurarse de que Arranque de confianza está habilitado\n"
 "en la configuración del BIOS (el ajuste puede llamarse Chip de seguridad, por ejemplo).</p>\n"
 
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:307
+msgid ""
+"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
+"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096
 #. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot
 #. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556)
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:327
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:331
 msgid ""
 "Trusted Platform Module not found.\n"
 "Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n"
@@ -375,30 +390,30 @@
 "El sistema no arrancará si no es así."
 
 #. Represents grub password protection widget
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:347
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351
 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
 msgstr "&Proteger el cargador de arranque mediante contraseña"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:353
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
 msgstr "P&roteger solo modificación de entradas"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:359
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:363
 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
 msgstr "&Contraseña para el usuario Root de GRUB2"
 
 #. text entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:362
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:366
 msgid "Re&type Password"
 msgstr "Repe&tir contraseña"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:373
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:377
 msgid "The password must not be empty."
 msgstr "La contraseña no debe estar vacía,"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:380
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:384
 msgid ""
 "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
 "do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -407,7 +422,7 @@
 "no coinciden. Vuelva a introducir la contraseña"
 
 #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:433
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:437
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
 "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to kernel parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell.<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
@@ -416,7 +431,7 @@
 "Durante el arranque, para realizar una modificación o incluso para arrancar cualquier entrada se requiere la contraseña. Si la opción <b>Proteger solo modificación de entradas</b> está activada, no se restringe el arranque de cualquier entrada, pero para modificarlas se requiere contraseña (el comportamiento que presentaba GRUB 1). Como efecto secundario de esta opción, se añade rd.shell=0 a los parámetros del núcleo para evitar el acceso no autorizado a la shell initrd.<br>YaST solo aceptará la contraseña si la repite en <b>Repetir contraseña</b>. La contraseña se aplica al usuario Root de GRUB2, que es distinto al usuario Root de Linux. YaST no admite actualmente otros usuarios de GRUB2. Si los necesita, use un guion de GRUB2 distinto.</p>"
 
 #. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:466
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:470
 msgid ""
 "<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when booting starts.</p>\n"
 "<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional and if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a positive number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>"
@@ -425,12 +440,12 @@
 "<p>Si se usa una consola serie, el resultado del arranque se imprime en un dispositivo serie como <tt>ttyS0</tt>. Se debe especificar al menos la opción <tt>--unit</tt> y la sintaxis completa es <tt>%s</tt>. Otras partes son opcionales y, si no se establecen, se usará la opción por defecto. El elemento <tt>NUM</tt> en los comandos indica un número positivo, como el 8. Algunos parámetros de ejemplo son: <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>"
 
 #. there's mode specified, use it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:507
 msgid "To enable serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments."
 msgstr "Para habilitar la consola serie, debe proporcionar los argumentos correspondientes."
 
 #. Translators: do not translate "unit"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:510
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:514
 msgid ""
 "To enable the serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments.\n"
 "The \"unit\" argument is required, the complete syntax is:\n"
@@ -440,7 +455,7 @@
 "El argumento \"unit\" es obligatorio. La sintaxis completa es:\n"
 "%s"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:551
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:555
 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
 msgstr "Elegir nuevo archivo de tema gráfico"
 
@@ -448,40 +463,40 @@
 #. to be substituted in a command like
 #. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM"
 #. so do not use punctuation
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:567
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
 msgid "NUM"
 msgstr "NUM"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:574
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:578
 msgid "Use &graphical console"
 msgstr "Usar la consola &gráfica"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:579
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:583
 msgid "&Console resolution"
 msgstr "Resolución de &consola"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:584
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:588
 msgid "&Console theme"
 msgstr "Tema de la &consola"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:615
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:619
 msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
 msgstr "Autodetectar mediante grub2"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:623
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:627
 msgid "Use &serial console"
 msgstr "Usar la consola en &serie"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:630
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:634
 msgid "&Console arguments"
 msgstr "Argumentos de la &consola"
 
 #. represent choosing default section to boot
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:647
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651
 msgid "&Default Boot Section"
 msgstr "Sección de arranque por &defecto"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:655
 msgid ""
 "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
 "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
@@ -498,40 +513,40 @@
 " por defecto. Es posible cambiar el orden de las secciones en el menú del cargador de arranque utilizando los botones <b>Arriba</b> y <b>Abajo.</b></p>\n"
 
 #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:686
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:690
 msgid "Boot Loader Location"
 msgstr "Ubicación del cargador de arranque"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:744
 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
 msgstr "Si se marca, se debe especificar un dispositivo de arranque personalizado"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:768
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:772
 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
 msgstr "Iniciar desde la par&tición de arranque"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:769
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:773
 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
 msgstr "&Arrancar desde partición raíz"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:770
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:774
 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
 msgstr "Iniciar desde el &MBR"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:775
 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
 msgstr "Iniciar d&esde la partición extendida"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:782
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:786
 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
 msgstr "Partición de arranq&ue personalizada"
 
 #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:795
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:799
 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
 msgstr "&Editar orden de arranque de discos"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:801
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:805
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
 "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -546,17 +561,17 @@
 "Para eliminar un disco, haga clic en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
 
 #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:822
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:826
 msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
 msgstr "&Parámetros del núcleo"
 
 #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:847
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:851
 msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
 msgstr "&Opciones del código de arranque"
 
 #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:913
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:921
 msgid "Boot&loader Options"
 msgstr "Op&ciones del cargador de arranque"
 

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cio.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cio.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cio.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: cio\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:45+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -40,13 +40,13 @@
 msgstr "Usado"
 
 #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "Sí"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
 msgid "no"
 msgstr "No"
 
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
-msgstr "Sí"
-
 #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
 #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
 msgid "Filter channels"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-06 02:28+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 msgid "Redundant IP Address"
 msgstr "Dirección IP redundante"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
 msgid "Node ID"
 msgstr "ID de nodo"
 
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
 msgstr "El campo de votos esperados es obligatorio si se configura el transporte multidifusión."
 
 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1432
 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
 msgstr "La dirección de multidifusión es obligatoria."
 
@@ -137,61 +137,61 @@
 msgstr "Solo es posible elegir pasivo o activo si se utilizan varias interfaces. Definido como pasivo."
 
 #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444
 msgid "Transport:"
 msgstr "Transporte:"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452
 msgid "Channel"
 msgstr "Canal"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
 msgid "Bind Network Address:"
 msgstr "Dirección de red de enlace:"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:463 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
 msgid "Multicast Address:"
 msgstr "Dirección multidifusión:"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
-msgid "Multicast Port:"
-msgstr "Puerto multidifusión:"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:465 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:482
+msgid "Port:"
+msgstr "Puerto:"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:472
 msgid "Redundant Channel"
 msgstr "Canal redundante"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488
 msgid "Cluster Name:"
 msgstr "Nombre del clúster:"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:489
 msgid "Expected Votes:"
 msgstr "Votos esperados:"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493
 msgid "rrp mode:"
 msgstr "modo RRP:"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498
 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
 msgstr "Generar automáticamente ID de nodo"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:503
 msgid "Member Address:"
 msgstr "Dirección de miembro:"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
 msgid "IP"
 msgstr "IP"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
 msgid "Redundant IP"
 msgstr "IP redundante"
 
 #. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:544
 msgid ""
 " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
 " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
@@ -200,123 +200,123 @@
 " Reconfigure la lista de miembros y confirme el resto de valores de configuración."
 
 #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:720
 msgid "Enable Security Auth"
 msgstr "Habilitar autenticación de seguridad"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
 msgstr "Para un clúster recién creado, haga clic en el botón siguiente para generar la clave /etc/corosync/authkey."
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:729
 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
 msgstr "Para unirse a un clúster existente, copie manualmente el archivo /etc/corosync/authkey de otros nodos."
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:755
 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
 msgstr "Error al crear /etc/corosync/authkey"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:757
 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
 msgstr "Creación de /etc/corosync/authkey correcta"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:818 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888
 msgid "Running"
 msgstr "En ejecución"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:820
 msgid "Not running"
 msgstr "No está en ejecución"
 
 #. servie:cluster is the  name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856
 msgid "Booting"
 msgstr "Arrancando"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866
 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
 msgstr "On -- Iniciar Pacemaker al arrancar"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:873
 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
 msgstr "Off -- Iniciar Pacemaker manualmente"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
 msgid "Switch On and Off"
 msgstr "Encender y apagar"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:887
 msgid "Current Status: "
 msgstr "Estado actual: "
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:896
 msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
 msgstr "Iniciar marcapasos ahora"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:897
 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
 msgstr "Detener marcapasos ahora"
 
 #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995
 msgid "Sync Host"
 msgstr "Sincronizar host"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:999 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
 msgid "Add"
 msgstr "Añadir"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1000 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1012
 msgid "Del"
 msgstr "Suprimir"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1001 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1013
 msgid "Edit"
 msgstr "Editar"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
 msgid "Sync File"
 msgstr "Sincronizar archivo"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1014
 msgid "Add Suggested Files"
 msgstr "Añadir archivos sugeridos"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1023
 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
 msgstr "Generar claves precompartidas (PSK)"
 
 #. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
 msgstr "Estado de Csync2 desconocido"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
 msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
 msgstr "Activar csync2"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1154
 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
 msgstr "Desactivar csync2"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1184
 msgid "Enter a hostname"
 msgstr "Introducir nombre de host"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1198
 msgid "Edit the hostname"
 msgstr "Editar el nombre de host"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212
 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
 msgstr "Introduzca un nombre de archivo para sincronizar"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1227
 msgid "Edit the filename"
 msgstr "Editar el nombre de archivo"
 
 #. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1259
 msgid ""
 "Key file %1 already exist.\n"
 "Do you want to overwrite it?"
@@ -325,12 +325,12 @@
 "¿Desea sobrescribirlo?"
 
 #. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1269
 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
 msgstr "Error al suprimir el archivo de clave %1."
 
 #. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1283
 msgid ""
 "Key file %1 is generated.\n"
 "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
@@ -338,12 +338,12 @@
 "Archivo de clave %1 generado.\n"
 "Haga clic en Añadir archivos sugeridos para añadirlos a la lista de sincronización."
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290
 msgid "Key generation failed."
 msgstr "Error al generar la clave."
 
 #. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1352
 msgid ""
 "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
 "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
@@ -353,23 +353,23 @@
 "YaST puede ayudar a configurar algunos aspectos básicos de conntrackd.\n"
 "Debe iniciarlo mediante ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
 msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
 msgstr "Interfaz dedicada:"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
 msgid "IP:"
 msgstr "IP:"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1369
 msgid "Group Number:"
 msgstr "Número de grupo:"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1373
 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
 msgstr "Generar /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
 
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1440
 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
 msgstr "El número de grupo debe ser un entero positivo."
 
@@ -588,3 +588,6 @@
 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
 msgid "Cannot write settings."
 msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración."
+
+#~ msgid "Multicast Port:"
+#~ msgstr "Puerto multidifusión:"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: control\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -58,10 +58,16 @@
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+#| "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+#| "configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+#| "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
 msgid ""
-"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
-"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
-"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is\n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings\n"
 "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>Los ajustes de funciones de sistema varían entre la selección de paquetes y\n"
@@ -111,10 +117,8 @@
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
 msgid "Installation Settings"
 msgstr "Configuración de la instalación"
 
@@ -127,183 +131,167 @@
 msgstr "Experto"
 
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
-msgid "Live Installation Settings"
-msgstr "Valores de configuración de la instalación en vivo"
-
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
 msgid "Update Settings"
 msgstr "Actualizar configuración"
 
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
 msgid "Network Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración de red"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
 msgid "Network Services Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración de servicios de red"
 
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
 msgid "Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración del hardware"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
 msgid "Preparation"
 msgstr "Preparación"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
 msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
 msgstr "Cargar configuración de red de Linuxrc"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
 msgid "Network Autosetup"
 msgstr "Configuración automática de red"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
 msgid "Installer Update"
 msgstr "Actualización del instalador"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
 msgid "Welcome"
 msgstr "Bienvenido"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
 msgid "Network Activation"
 msgstr "Activación de la red"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
 msgid "Disk Activation"
 msgstr "Activación de disco"
 
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
 msgid "System Analysis"
 msgstr "Análisis del sistema"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
 msgid "Add-On Products"
 msgstr "Productos complementarios"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
 msgid "Disk"
 msgstr "Disco"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
 msgid "Time Zone"
 msgstr "Zona horaria"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
 msgid "Installation"
 msgstr "Instalación"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
 msgid "Installation Summary"
 msgstr "Resumen de la instalación"
 
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
 msgid "Perform Installation"
 msgstr "Realizar la instalación"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
 msgid "Installer Cleanup"
 msgstr "Limpieza del instalador"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
 msgid "System for Update"
 msgstr "Sistema que actualizar"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
 msgid "Update"
 msgstr "Actualización"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
 msgid "Update Summary"
 msgstr "Resumen de la actualización"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
 msgid "Perform Update"
 msgstr "Actualizar"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
 msgid "Base Installation"
 msgstr "Instalación base"
 
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
 msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
 msgstr "Configuración de AutoYaST"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración"
 
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
 msgid "System Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración del sistema"
 
@@ -331,18 +319,17 @@
 "</p>\n"
 "        "
 
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
 msgstr "Cargar configuración de red de linuxrc"
 
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
 msgid "User Settings"
 msgstr "Valores de configuración del usuario"
 
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
 msgid "Installation Overview"
 msgstr "Descripción general de la instalación"
 
@@ -406,7 +393,9 @@
 msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
 msgstr "Escritorio KDE Plasma"
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
 msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
 msgstr "Servidor (modo de texto)"
 
@@ -426,11 +415,113 @@
 msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
 msgstr "Escritorio Enlightenment"
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Computer"
+msgid "Computer Role"
+msgstr "Ordenador"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+#| "for the selected scenario."
+msgid ""
+"Computer Role is a predefined use case which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
+"Las funciones de sistema son casos de uso predefinidos que personalizan\n"
+"el sistema para el escenario seleccionado."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
+#| "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+#| "configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+#| "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The computer role adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n"
+"to running additional services. By choosing a computer role, the system is\n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. For the <em>Custom</em> role\n"
+"an additional dialog is displayed which allows manual software pattern selection. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Los ajustes de funciones de sistema varían entre la selección de paquetes y\n"
+"la partición del disco. Al elegir una función de sistema, el sistema \n"
+"se configura en consecuencia para coincidir con el caso de uso de la función. \n"
+"La configuración definida por una función se puede sustituir en los pasos siguientes, si fuera necesario.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+msgid "Workstation with KDE Plasma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n"
+#| "environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n"
+#| "Dolphin as file manager, and offers\n"
+#| "both Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n"
+msgid ""
+"KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n"
+"Dolphin as file manager, and offers both Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n"
+"          "
+msgstr ""
+"KDE es un entorno de escritorio potente\n"
+"e intuitivo que emplea Kontact como cliente\n"
+"de correo, Dolphin como gestor de archivos y\n"
+"ofrece Firefox y Konqueror como navegadores Web.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+msgid "Workstation with GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n"
+#| "environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n"
+#| "Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n"
+msgid ""
+"GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n"
+"Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n"
+"          "
+msgstr ""
+"GNOME es un potente e intuitivo entorno de escritorio\n"
+"que emplea Evolution como programa de correo,\n"
+"Firefox como navegador y Nautilus como gestor de archivos.\n"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
+msgid "Server is usefull when computer should not have interaction with user and have only command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr "Personalizada"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+msgid "Custom role runs additional dialog where user can select software that fits his requirements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server Pattern Selection"
+msgid "Custom Pattern Selection"
+msgstr "Selección de patrón de servidor"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
 msgid "Online Repositories"
 msgstr "Repositorios en línea"
 
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Selección de escritorio"
+#~ msgid "Live Installation Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Valores de configuración de la instalación en vivo"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Selección de escritorio"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: country\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 19:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 
 #. summary label
 #. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402
 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
 msgstr "Distribución actual del teclado: %1"
 
@@ -57,11 +57,9 @@
 
 #. menue label text
 #. title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
-#. widget label
 #. menu button label
 #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93
 #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:40
 #: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78
 msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
 msgstr "Distribución del &teclado"
@@ -204,25 +202,12 @@
 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración de teclado del sistema"
 
-#. help text for keyboard selection widget
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:80
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
-"installation and on the installed system.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Elija la <b>distribución del teclado</b> que se usará durante\n"
-"la instalación y en el sistema instalado.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
 #. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system
 #. or continue with the one defined by his language.
 #. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
 #. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
 #. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313
 msgid ""
 "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
 "different from the one in the system to update.\n"
@@ -234,7 +219,7 @@
 
 #. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
 #. any error to the user
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513
 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
 msgstr "Error al definir el teclado de X11 como %s"
 
@@ -342,8 +327,8 @@
 
 #. summary label
 #. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884
 msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
 msgstr "Idiomas adicionales: %1"
 
@@ -604,7 +589,7 @@
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced
 #. with variable content - do not translate them, please.
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406
 msgid ""
 "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n"
 "available at %{directory}.\n"
@@ -618,19 +603,19 @@
 
 #. summary label
 #. summary label
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866
 msgid "Primary Language: %1"
 msgstr "Idioma principal: %1"
 
 #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager
 #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false);
 #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039
 msgid "Installing Packages..."
 msgstr "Instalando paquetes..."
 
 #. continue/cancel message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130
 msgid ""
 "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n"
 "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n"
@@ -639,18 +624,18 @@
 "Puede que algunos textos aparezcan en inglés.\n"
 
 #. popup message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344
 msgid ""
 "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
-"Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n"
+"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n"
 "for this language.\n"
 msgstr ""
-"Este medio solo incluye compatibilidad mínima con el idioma seleccionado.\n"
-"Habilite repositorios en línea más tarde a fin de conseguir la compatibilidad adecuada\n"
-"para este idioma.\n"
+"Este medio sólo incluye compatibilidad mínima con el idioma seleccionado.\n"
+"Añada el <b>CD adicional de idioma</b> como repositorio extra para obtener la compatibilidad adecuada\n"
+"con este idioma.\n"
 
 #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373
 msgid ""
 "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
 "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
@@ -702,8 +687,8 @@
 #. label text (Clock setting)
 #. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
 #. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969
 msgid "UTC"
 msgstr "UTC"
 
@@ -960,315 +945,287 @@
 
 #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
 #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973
 msgid "Local Time"
 msgstr "Hora local"
 
 #. label text
 #. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977
 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
 msgstr "Reloj de hardware definido para"
 
 #. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755
 msgid "NTP configured"
 msgstr "NTP configurado"
 
 #. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981
 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
 msgstr "Zona horaria actual: %1"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35
 msgid "English (US)"
 msgstr "Inglés (US)"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47
 msgid "English (UK)"
 msgstr "Inglés (UK)"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59
 msgid "German"
 msgstr "Alemán"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71
 msgid "German (with deadkeys)"
 msgstr "Alemán (con teclas muertas)"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83
 msgid "German (Switzerland)"
 msgstr "Alemán (Suiza)"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95
 msgid "French"
 msgstr "Francés"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107
 msgid "French (Switzerland)"
 msgstr "Francés (Suizo)"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119
 msgid "French (Canada)"
 msgstr "Francés (Canadá)"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132
 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)"
 msgstr "Canadiense (multilingüe)"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145
 msgid "Spanish"
 msgstr "Español"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
 msgstr "Español (Latinoamérica)"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
 msgstr "Español (CP 850)"
 
 #. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr "Español (asturiano)"
+
+#. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204
 msgid "Italian"
 msgstr "Italiano"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216
 msgid "Portuguese"
 msgstr "Portugués"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228
 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
 msgstr "Portugués (brasileño)"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240
 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
 msgstr "Portugués (brasileño - acentos americanos)"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252
 msgid "Greek"
 msgstr "Griego"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264
 msgid "Dutch"
 msgstr "Holandés"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276
 msgid "Danish"
 msgstr "Danés"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288
 msgid "Norwegian"
 msgstr "Noruego"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300
 msgid "Swedish"
 msgstr "Sueco"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312
 msgid "Finnish"
 msgstr "Finlandés"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324
 msgid "Czech"
 msgstr "Checo"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336
 msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
 msgstr "Checo (qwerty)"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348
 msgid "Slovak"
 msgstr "Eslovaco"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360
 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
 msgstr "Eslovaco (qwerty)"
 
 #. keyboard layout
 #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372
 msgid "Slovene"
 msgstr "Esloveno"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
 msgid "Hungarian"
 msgstr "Húngaro"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
 msgid "Polish"
 msgstr "Polaco"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
 msgid "Russian"
 msgstr "Ruso"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
 msgid "Serbian"
 msgstr "Serbio"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
 msgid "Estonian"
 msgstr "Estonio"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
 msgid "Lithuanian"
 msgstr "Lituano"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
 msgid "Turkish"
 msgstr "Turco"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
 msgid "Croatian"
 msgstr "Croata"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
 msgid "Japanese"
 msgstr "Japonés"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
 msgid "Belgian"
 msgstr "Belga"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
 msgid "Dvorak"
 msgstr "Dvorak"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
 msgid "Icelandic"
 msgstr "Islandés"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
 msgid "Ukrainian"
 msgstr "Ucraniano"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
 msgid "Khmer"
 msgstr "Jemer"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
 msgid "Korean"
 msgstr "Coreano"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
 msgid "Arabic"
 msgstr "Árabe"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
 msgid "Tajik"
 msgstr "Tayiko"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
 msgid "Traditional Chinese"
 msgstr "Chino tradicional"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
 msgid "Simplified Chinese"
 msgstr "Chino simplificado"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
 msgid "Romanian"
 msgstr "Rumano"
 
 #. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
 msgid "US International"
 msgstr "EE. UU. (internacional)"
 
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192
-msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
-msgstr "Español (asturiano)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
+#~ "installation and on the installed system.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Elija la <b>distribución del teclado</b> que se usará durante\n"
+#~ "la instalación y en el sistema instalado.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
+#~ "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n"
+#~ "for this language.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Este medio solo incluye compatibilidad mínima con el idioma seleccionado.\n"
+#~ "Habilite repositorios en línea más tarde a fin de conseguir la compatibilidad adecuada\n"
+#~ "para este idioma.\n"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-11 02:28+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: combo box
 #. TRANSLATORS: select box
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:886
 msgid "&Service to Allow"
 msgstr "&Servicio que se va a autorizar"
 
@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: select box
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573
 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2001
 msgid "&Protocol"
 msgstr "&Protocolo"
 
@@ -1198,55 +1198,78 @@
 
 #. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall
 #. to be stopped after exiting YaST
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:148
 msgid "Stopping firewall..."
 msgstr "Deteniendo el cortafuegos..."
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device could not be opened."
+msgid "The firewall could not be stopped."
+msgstr "No es posible abrir el dispositivo."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Firewall not running or would not be started."
+msgid "The firewall could not be started."
+msgstr "El cortafuegos no se está ejecutando o no es posible iniciarlo."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is action that failed
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:169
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again."
+msgid ""
+"%s\n"
+"Please verify your system and try again."
+msgstr "Instale yast2-registration e inténtelo de nuevo."
+
 #. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:205
 msgid "No zone assigned"
 msgstr "Ninguna zona asignada"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:245
 msgid "Custom string"
 msgstr "Cadena de caracteres personalizada"
 
 #. interface could be unassigned
 #. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:309
 msgid "No Zone Assigned"
 msgstr "Ninguna zona asignada"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:508
 msgid "Port number %1 is invalid."
 msgstr "El número de puerto %1 no es válido."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number,
 #. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:513
 msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid."
 msgstr "El número de puerto %1 de la definición %2 no es válido."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:521
 msgid "Invalid Port Definition"
 msgstr "Definición de puerto no válida"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number
 #. that is possible to use in port-range
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:527
 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)."
 msgstr "El número de puerto debe estar incluido en el intervalo de 1 a %1 (ambos incluidos)."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:605
 msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition"
 msgstr "Definición de intervalo de puertos no válida"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:608
 msgid ""
 "Port range %1 is invalid.\n"
 "It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n"
@@ -1257,12 +1280,12 @@
 " número_puerto_fin debe ser superior a número_puerto_inicio."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:625
 msgid "Unknown Port Name"
 msgstr "Nombre de puerto desconocido"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:628
 msgid ""
 "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n"
 "It probably would not work.\n"
@@ -1273,12 +1296,12 @@
 "¿Está seguro de que desea utilizar este puerto?\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:657
 msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition"
 msgstr "Definición de servicio adicional incorrecta"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long)
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:660
 msgid ""
 "It appears that the additional service settings\n"
 "%1\n"
@@ -1297,22 +1320,22 @@
 #. )
 #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ?
 #. TRANSLATORS: informative label
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
 msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
 msgstr "El enmascaramiento requiere al menos una interfaz externa y otra interfaz."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1077
 msgid "This entry must be completed."
 msgstr "Se ha de completar esta entrada."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1101
 msgid "Wrong port definition."
 msgstr "Definición de puerto incorrecta."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1128
 msgid ""
 "Wrong port definition.\n"
 "No port number found for this port name.\n"
@@ -1323,17 +1346,17 @@
 "Utilice el número de puerto en lugar del nombre de puerto.\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1157
 msgid "Invalid IP definition."
 msgstr "Definición de IP no válida."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1484
 msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets"
 msgstr "&Registrar paquetes difusión no aceptados"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1545
 msgid ""
 "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n"
 "but firewall is currently running.\n"
@@ -1346,71 +1369,71 @@
 "¿Quiere detener el cortafuegos después de guardar la nueva configuración?\n"
 
 #. network is mandatory
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1724
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1931
 msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'"
 msgstr "Definición de red no válida %1"
 
 #. destination port is optional
 #. source port is optional
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1742
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1773
 msgid "Invalid port range '%1'"
 msgstr "Rango de puertos no válido %1"
 
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1754
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1785
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1945
 msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'"
 msgstr "Nombre o numero de puerto no válido %1"
 
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1848
 msgid "All services using UDP"
 msgstr "Todos los servicios que usan UDP"
 
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1850
 msgid "All services using TCP"
 msgstr "Todos los servicios que usan TCP"
 
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1852
 msgid "Samba browsing"
 msgstr "Exploración de SAMBA"
 
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1854
 msgid "SLP browsing"
 msgstr "Exploración SLP"
 
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1866
 msgid "All networks"
 msgstr "Todas las redes"
 
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1868
 msgid "Subnet: %1"
 msgstr "Subred: %1"
 
 #. hard-coded default
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1973
 msgid "&Zone"
 msgstr "&Zona"
 
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1977
 msgid "&Network"
 msgstr "&Red"
 
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1984
 msgid "&Service"
 msgstr "&Servicio"
 
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1990
 msgid "User-defined service"
 msgstr "Servicio definido por el usuario"
 
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2015
 msgid "Po&rt"
 msgstr "Pue&rto"
 
 #. redraw table
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2110
 msgid "Select an item to delete."
 msgstr "Seleccione el elemento que se debe eliminar."
 

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -113,13 +113,13 @@
 msgstr "Etiqueta"
 
 #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Module Name"
+msgstr "Nombre del módulo"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
 msgid "Status"
 msgstr "Estado"
 
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
-msgstr "Nombre del módulo"
-
 #. translators: dialog text
 #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
 msgid ""

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/installation.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/installation.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/installation.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-26 01:30+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -14,6 +14,22 @@
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
+#: src/lib/services-manager/clients/services-manager_finish.rb:11
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Adapting system services ..."
+msgid "Setting default target and system services ..."
+msgstr "Adaptando servicios del sistema..."
+
+#. Proposal client for Network configuration
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:19
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:20
+msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración de red"
+
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:25
+msgid "preformatted_proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. help for the dialog - busy message
 #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
 msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
@@ -512,7 +528,7 @@
 #. download release notes now
 #. push button
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:137
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:206
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294
 msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
 msgstr "Notas de la &versión..."
@@ -849,14 +865,14 @@
 #. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
 #. bug #302384
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
 msgid "Initializing"
 msgstr "Inicializando"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
 msgid "Initializing the installation..."
 msgstr "Inicializando la instalación..."
@@ -910,37 +926,37 @@
 msgstr "Terminado"
 
 #. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:460
 msgid "Copy files to installed system"
 msgstr "Copiar archivos al sistema instalado"
 
 #. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:464
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:467
 msgid "Save configuration"
 msgstr "Guardar configuración"
 
 #. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:471
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:474
 msgid "Save installation settings"
 msgstr "Guardar ajustes de instalación"
 
 #. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:480
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:483
 msgid "Install boot manager"
 msgstr "Instalar el gestor de arranque"
 
 #. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:487
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:490
 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
 msgstr "Preparar el sistema para el primer arranque"
 
 #. some steps are called in live installer only
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:550
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:553
 msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
 msgstr "El cliente %1 ha devuelto datos no válidos."
 
 #. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:585
 msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
 msgstr "Comprobando etapa: %1..."
 
@@ -964,6 +980,19 @@
 msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
 msgstr "Preparando la configuración inicial del sistema..."
 
+#. Shows a dialog allowing the user to modify the invalid URL, modifying the
+#. /etc/install.inf file with the new value. In case of cancelled or empty,
+#. the URL will be completely removed.
+#.
+#. @param regurl [String]
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_install_inf.rb:52
+msgid ""
+"If you decide to cancel, the custom URL\n"
+"will be completelly ignored.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really cancel URL modification?"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. dialog caption
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
 msgid "Installation Options"
@@ -1084,49 +1113,6 @@
 "Error en la configuración de la red.\n"
 "Consulte el archivo de registro %1 para obtener más información."
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
-"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>En Linux <b>la elección</b> es una prioridad absoluta. <i>openSUSE</i> ofrece diferentes \n"
-"entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 más importantes: \n"
-"<b>GNOME</b> y <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
-msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
-"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Puede seleccionar entornos de escritorio alternativos (o uno de los patrones de instalación mínima)\n"
-"que mejor se adapte a sus necesidades mediante la opción <b>Otro</b>. Más adelante,\n"
-"en la selección de software o después de la instalación, puede cambiar la selección o añadir\n"
-"entornos adicionales. Esta pantalla permite seleccionar la opción por defecto.</p>"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Selección de escritorio"
-
-#. UI wait loop
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
-msgid ""
-"No desktop type was selected.\n"
-"Select the desired desktop environment."
-msgstr ""
-"No se ha seleccionado ningún tipo de escritorio.\n"
-"Seleccione el entorno de escritorio que desee."
-
-#. BNC #449818
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Otros"
-
 #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
@@ -1330,36 +1316,22 @@
 "Se ha producido un error al inicializar los repositorios de software.\n"
 "Abortando la instalación."
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:232
-msgid ""
-"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
-"from the registration server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>No se puede obtener la URL del repositorio de actualización\n"
-"del instalador del servidor de registro.</p>"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository
-#. URL from control.xml
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:238
-msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
-msgstr "<p>Se usará la URL por defecto, %s.<p>"
-
-#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
+#. Return the self-update URLs
 #.
-#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers
-#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected;
-#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:315
+#. @return [Array<URI>] self-update URLs
+#.
+#. @see #default_self_update_url
+#. @see #custom_self_update_url
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The registration module is not available."
 msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"to search for installer updates."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione un servidor de registro detectado de la lista\n"
-"para buscar actualizaciones del instalador."
+"The registration URL provided is not valid.\n"
+"Skipping installer update.\n"
+msgstr "El módulo de registro no se encuentra disponible."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:396
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:233
 msgid ""
 "A valid update could not be found at\n"
 "%s.\n"
@@ -1370,7 +1342,7 @@
 "\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:240
 msgid ""
 "Could not fetch update from\n"
 "%s.\n"
@@ -1388,7 +1360,7 @@
 #. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network configuration
 #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
 #. false if the network is not configured.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:432
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:264
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
@@ -1401,7 +1373,7 @@
 #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
 #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
 #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:477
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:302
 msgid ""
 "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
 "%s\n"
@@ -1424,26 +1396,26 @@
 "use el parámetro de arranque proxy.\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:586
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:388
 msgid "Add Update Repository"
 msgstr "Añadir repositorio de actualización"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:587
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389
 msgid "Download the Packages"
 msgstr "Descargar los paquetes"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:588
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:390
 msgid "Apply the Packages"
 msgstr "Aplicar los paquetes"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:589
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:391
 msgid "Restart"
 msgstr "Reiniciar"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
 #. TRANSLATORS: progress title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:600
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:602
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:404
 msgid "Updating the Installer..."
 msgstr "Actualizando el instalador..."
 
@@ -1452,7 +1424,7 @@
 #. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise
 #.
 #. @see Yast::Profile.current
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:673
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:475
 msgid ""
 "Error while parsing the control file.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1763,6 +1735,17 @@
 msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
 msgstr "Guardando la configuración del proxy..."
 
+#. This is a step of base installation finish and is responsible of write the
+#. specific configuration for the current system role.
+#.
+#. It has been added for CaaSP Roles (FATE#321754) and currently only
+#. the 'worker_role' has an special behavior.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/roles_finish.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing device configuration..."
+msgid "Writing specific role configuration  ..."
+msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del dispositivo..."
+
 #. progress step title
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
 msgid "Saving time zone..."
@@ -1893,6 +1876,14 @@
 msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
 msgstr "Copiando los archivos de registro en el sistema instalado..."
 
+#. We do not need to create a wizard dialog in installation, but it's
+#. helpful when testing all manually on a running system
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/desktop_roles.rb:25
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Computer"
+msgid "Computer Role"
+msgstr "Ordenador"
+
 #. Event callback for the 'ok' button
 #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65
 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
@@ -1917,20 +1908,6 @@
 msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
 msgstr "Importar configuración de SSH"
 
-#. TODO: Add the registration process
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:45
-msgid "Dashboard U&RL"
-msgstr "U&RL de consola"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:52
-msgid "Worker Registration"
-msgstr "Registro del trabajador"
-
-#. FIXME: This client is a POC and still under definition
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:58
-msgid "Enter the url of the admin dashboard to register as a worker"
-msgstr "Introduzca la URL de la consola de administración para registrarse como trabajador"
-
 #. progress step title
 #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
@@ -2174,7 +2151,7 @@
 msgstr "Habilitando administración remota..."
 
 #. A Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:92
 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
 msgstr "Al cambiar la función del sistema podrían deshacerse los ajustes que haya hecho."
 
@@ -2228,6 +2205,26 @@
 msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
 msgstr "Las claves de host SSH se copiarán de %s"
 
+#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
+#.
+#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers
+#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected;
+#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
+#: src/lib/installation/update_repositories_finder.rb:250
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"to search for installer updates."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione un servidor de registro detectado de la lista\n"
+"para buscar actualizaciones del instalador."
+
+#. sets flag if online repositories dialog should be shown
+#: src/lib/installation/widgets/online_repos.rb:13
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configured Repositories"
+msgid "Configure On-line Repositories"
+msgstr "Repositorios configurados"
+
 #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
 #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
@@ -2324,3 +2321,55 @@
 msgstr ""
 "La instalación no ha podido resolver automáticamente las dependencias del paquete.\n"
 "El gestor del software se abrirá para que las resuelva manualmente."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
+#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
+#~ "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>En Linux <b>la elección</b> es una prioridad absoluta. <i>openSUSE</i> ofrece diferentes \n"
+#~ "entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 más importantes: \n"
+#~ "<b>GNOME</b> y <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
+#~ "that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
+#~ "selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
+#~ "environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Puede seleccionar entornos de escritorio alternativos (o uno de los patrones de instalación mínima)\n"
+#~ "que mejor se adapte a sus necesidades mediante la opción <b>Otro</b>. Más adelante,\n"
+#~ "en la selección de software o después de la instalación, puede cambiar la selección o añadir\n"
+#~ "entornos adicionales. Esta pantalla permite seleccionar la opción por defecto.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Selección de escritorio"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "No desktop type was selected.\n"
+#~ "Select the desired desktop environment."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "No se ha seleccionado ningún tipo de escritorio.\n"
+#~ "Seleccione el entorno de escritorio que desee."
+
+#~ msgid "Other"
+#~ msgstr "Otros"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
+#~ "from the registration server.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>No se puede obtener la URL del repositorio de actualización\n"
+#~ "del instalador del servidor de registro.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Se usará la URL por defecto, %s.<p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Dashboard U&RL"
+#~ msgstr "U&RL de consola"
+
+#~ msgid "Worker Registration"
+#~ msgstr "Registro del trabajador"
+
+#~ msgid "Enter the url of the admin dashboard to register as a worker"
+#~ msgstr "Introduzca la URL de la consola de administración para registrarse como trabajador"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -90,6 +90,7 @@
 msgstr "Nombre"
 
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336
 msgid "Path"
 msgstr "Vía"
 
@@ -546,14 +547,14 @@
 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
 msgstr "La vía seleccionada ya está en uso."
 
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336
-msgid "Path:"
-msgstr "Vía:"
-
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339
 msgid "Browse"
 msgstr "Examinar"
 
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
+msgid "Name (autogenerated when empty)"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359
 msgid "Select file or device"
 msgstr "Seleccionar archivo o dispositivo"
@@ -567,8 +568,8 @@
 msgstr "LUN de destino"
 
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470
-msgid "Change:"
-msgstr "Cambiar:"
+msgid "Change"
+msgstr "Cambiar"
 
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563
 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
@@ -579,7 +580,9 @@
 msgstr "Es necesario habilitar al menos una autenticación."
 
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645
-msgid "Initiator name:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgid "Initiator name"
 msgstr "Nombre del iniciador:"
 
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648
@@ -602,7 +605,9 @@
 #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
 #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704
-msgid "New initiator name:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New initiator name:"
+msgid "New initiator name"
 msgstr "Nuevo nombre de iniciador:"
 
 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750
@@ -828,3 +833,9 @@
 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425
 msgid "Configuration summary..."
 msgstr "Resumen de configuración..."
+
+#~ msgid "Path:"
+#~ msgstr "Vía:"
+
+#~ msgid "Change:"
+#~ msgstr "Cambiar:"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 02:28+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
 #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
 #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:513
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
 msgstr "Para aplicar los cambios, es preciso reiniciar."
 
@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@
 
 #. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash
 #. @return [Boolean] whether successful
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:427
 msgid ""
 "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
 "See %{log} for details."
@@ -1239,129 +1239,129 @@
 "Consulte %{log} para obtener más detalles."
 
 #. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545
 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
 msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de kdump"
 
 #. Progress stage 1/4
 #. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 src/modules/Kdump.rb:540
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:554 src/modules/Kdump.rb:562
 msgid "Reading the config file..."
 msgstr "Leyendo el archivo de configuración..."
 
 #. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:534
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556
 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
 msgstr "Leyendo opciones de arranque del núcleo..."
 
 #. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:536
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:558
 msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
 msgstr "Calculando límites de memoria..."
 
 #. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:542
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564
 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
 msgstr "Leyendo las particiones de discos..."
 
 #. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:566
 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
 msgstr "Leyendo memoria disponible y calibrando uso..."
 
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
 msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de configuración /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
 
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
 msgstr "No es posible leer las opciones de arranque del núcleo."
 
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
 msgid "Cannot read available memory."
 msgstr "No es posible leer la memoria disponible."
 
 #. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
 msgstr "Guardando la configuración de kdump"
 
 #. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:649
 msgid "Write the settings"
 msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración"
 
 #. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:651
 msgid "Update boot options"
 msgstr "Actualizar opciones de arranque"
 
 #. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:655
 msgid "Writing the settings..."
 msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..."
 
 #. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:657
 msgid "Updating boot options..."
 msgstr "Actualizando opciones de arranque..."
 
 #. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:637
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:659
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminado"
 
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:669
 msgid "Cannot write settings."
 msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración."
 
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:656
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:678
 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
 msgstr "Error al añadir el parámetro crashkernel en el cargador de arranque."
 
 #. Create a textual summary
 #. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:774
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796
 msgid "Kdump status: %1"
 msgstr "Estado de kdump: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797
 msgid "enabled"
 msgstr "HABILITADO"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797
 msgid "disabled"
 msgstr "INHABILITADO"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:804
 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
 msgstr "Valores de la opción crashkernel: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:811
 msgid "Dump format: %1"
 msgstr "Formato de volcado de datos: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:818
 msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
 msgstr "Objetivo de los volcados: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:803
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:825
 msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
 msgstr "Número de volcados: %1"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
 #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:895
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:917
 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
 msgstr "¡Advertencia! Quizá no haya suficiente espacio disponible. Necesitará %{required}, pero solo hay %{available} disponible."
 
 #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1025
 msgid ""
 "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
 "It is not supported on this hardware."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/network.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/network.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/network.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: network\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-01 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-08 02:28+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@
 #. Commandline help title
 #. Main routing dialog
 #. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:510
 msgid "Routing Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración del encaminamiento"
 
@@ -660,7 +660,9 @@
 msgstr "Gateway"
 
 #. Table header label
+#. Table header 3/4
 #: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89
 msgid "Netmask"
 msgstr "Máscara de red"
 
@@ -741,13 +743,13 @@
 
 #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
 #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1456
 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
 msgstr "Advertencia: no se ha usado cifrado."
 
 #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
 #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1460
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458
 msgid "Change."
 msgstr "Cambiar."
 
@@ -2254,17 +2256,26 @@
 "permitirnos decir \"y todo lo demás lo enviamos por aquí\".</p>\n"
 
 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
+#| "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
+#| "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
 msgid ""
 "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
-"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
+"and netmask. You can use either IPv4 netmask or prefix length when defining\n"
+"network part of route. Prefix length has to be prefixed using '/'.\n"
+"To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n"
+"Please note that in case of IPv6 networks only prefix length is accepted\n"
+"for netmask definition.</p>\n"
 msgstr ""
 "<p>Introduzca para cada ruta la dirección IP de la red destino, la dirección del gateway\n"
 "y la máscara de red. Para omitir cualquiera de estos valores, utilice un\n"
 "guion \"-\". Seleccione el dispositivo por el que encaminará el tráfico a la red definida. \"-\" es un alias para cualquier interfaz.</p>\n"
 
 #. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
 msgid ""
 "<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
 "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2272,7 +2283,7 @@
 "<p>Habilite <b>Reenvío de IPv4</b> (reenvío de paquetes de redes externas\n"
 "a la red interna) si el sistema es un router.\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113
 msgid ""
 "<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
 "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2284,7 +2295,7 @@
 "<b>Advertencia:</b> el reenvío de IPv6 inhabilita la configuración\n"
 "automática de la dirección sin estado IPv6 (SLAAC)."
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:119
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
 "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
@@ -2294,7 +2305,7 @@
 "Debe habilitar el enmascarado o definir al menos una regla de redirección\n"
 "en la configuración del cortafuegos. Use el módulo de cortafuegos de YaST.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125
 msgid ""
 "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
 "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
@@ -2312,7 +2323,7 @@
 "una opción\"cualquiera\". Sin embargo, esta opción puede provocar un comportamiento extraño si cuenta con un sistema de varias bases \n"
 "conectado a más redes DHCP.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
 "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
@@ -2326,7 +2337,7 @@
 "la red no esté activa. En todos los demás casos, úselo con precaución, especialmente\n"
 "si el equipo suministra servicios de red.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143
 msgid ""
 "<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
 "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
@@ -2335,7 +2346,7 @@
 "nombres de host. Normalmente pueden obtenerse mediante DHCP.</p>\n"
 
 #. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
 msgid ""
 "<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
 "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2346,7 +2357,7 @@
 " (por ejemplo, 192.168.0.42), no como nombre de host.</p>\n"
 
 #. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
 msgid ""
 "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
 "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2358,7 +2369,7 @@
 " equipo (por ejemplo, suse.de). Pueden existir dominios de búsqueda adicionales\n"
 " (como suse.com). Separe los dominios empleando comas o espacios en blanco.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:156
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:160
 msgid ""
 "<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
 "(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
@@ -2370,7 +2381,7 @@
 "es un servidor de correo. Puede ver el nombre de host de su equipo usando el \n"
 "comando <i>hostname</i>.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:163
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:167
 msgid ""
 "<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
 "search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
@@ -2386,7 +2397,7 @@
 "NetworkManager, etc.). Esta es la opción por defecto. <b>Usar directiva por defecto</b>\n"
 "suele ser suficiente para la mayoría de las configuraciones.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:171
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175
 msgid ""
 "<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
 "allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2408,7 +2419,7 @@
 
 #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
 #. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
 "<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
@@ -2418,12 +2429,12 @@
 "<p>Seleccione <b>No configurar la dirección</b> si no desea especificar ninguna dirección IP para este dispositivo.\n"
 "Esto es particularmente útil para enlazar dispositivos Ethernet.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192
 msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
 msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>iBFT</b> si desea conservar la configuración de red del BIOS.</p>\n"
 
 #. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196
 msgid ""
 "<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
 "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
@@ -2432,7 +2443,7 @@
 "administrador del sistema o por su proveedor de Internet.</p>\n"
 
 #. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
 msgid ""
 "<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
 "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2443,7 +2454,7 @@
 "obtendrán automáticamente desde el servidor.</p>\n"
 
 #. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206
 msgid ""
 "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
 "<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2454,7 +2465,7 @@
 "</b>. De lo contrario, las direcciones de red deberán asignarse <b>estáticamente</b>.</p>\n"
 
 #. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:213
 msgid ""
 "<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
 " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
@@ -2465,7 +2476,7 @@
 "del equipo par.</p>\n"
 
 #. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
 msgid ""
 "<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
 "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
@@ -2476,7 +2487,7 @@
 "un nombre de host completo para esta dirección IP. El nombre de host debe escribirse en <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
 
 #. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
 msgid ""
 "<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
 "the network configuration.</p>"
@@ -2484,7 +2495,7 @@
 "<p>Contacte con el <b>administrador de red</b> para obtener más\n"
 "información acerca de la configuración de red.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
 msgid ""
 "<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
 "Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
@@ -2492,7 +2503,7 @@
 "<p>No se recomienda la configuración de DHCP para este producto.\n"
 "Algunos componentes del producto podrían no funcionar con DHCP.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:234
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
 "<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2510,11 +2521,11 @@
 "Si no selecciona ninguna zona y no existen otras\n"
 "interfaces, el cortafuegos se inhabilitará.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
 msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
 msgstr "<p><b>Interfaz obligatoria</b> indica si el servicio de red informará de los errores si la interfaz no se puede iniciar durante el arranque.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:248
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
 "<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2530,7 +2541,7 @@
 "de la red, especialmente en conexiones telefónicas lentas. Seleccione uno de los valores\n"
 "recomendados o especifique uno.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
 msgid ""
 "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
 "Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
@@ -2539,12 +2550,12 @@
 " Sólo estarán disponibles aquellos dispositivos cuya activación del dispositivo sea <b>Nunca</b> y estén configurados como <b>No configurar la dirección</b>.</p>"
 
 #. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:261
 msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
 msgstr "<p><b><big>Opciones del cliente DHCP</big></b></p>"
 
 #. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:263
 msgid ""
 "<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
 "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
@@ -2559,7 +2570,7 @@
 "consiguiente, la misma dirección de hardware.</p>"
 
 #. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:267
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:271
 msgid ""
 "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
 "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
@@ -2580,7 +2591,7 @@
 "Si no desea enviar un nombre de host, deje el campo vacío.</p>\n"
 
 #. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
 "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
@@ -2589,7 +2600,7 @@
 "<p>Puede configurar direcciones adicionales de una interfaz en esta tabla.</p>\n"
 
 #. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286
 msgid ""
 "<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
 "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
@@ -2598,7 +2609,7 @@
 "y en <b>Máscara de red.</b></p>"
 
 #. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
 "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
@@ -2609,14 +2620,14 @@
 "de 15 caracteres. La utilidad obsoleta ifconfig trunca este valor después de 9 caracteres.</p>"
 
 #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:296
 msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>No incluya el nombre de la interfaz en la etiqueta. Por ejemplo, introduzca <b>foo</b> en lugar de <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
 
 #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
 #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
 #. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
 msgid ""
 "<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
 "<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2645,7 +2656,7 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:314
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:318
 msgid ""
 "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
 "for wireless networking.</p>"
@@ -2653,7 +2664,7 @@
 "<p>Aquí se encuentran los parámetros de configuración\n"
 " más importantes para la red inalámbrica.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
 msgid ""
 "<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
 "can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2666,7 +2677,7 @@
 "(red gestionada por un punto de acceso, denominado también <b>modo infraestructura</b>),\n"
 "o <b>maestro</b> (la tarjeta de red actúa como un punto de acceso).</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:328
 msgid ""
 "<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
 "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2684,7 +2695,7 @@
 "caso, la tarjeta WLAN se asociará con el punto de acceso con la señal\n"
 "más fuerte.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:337
 msgid ""
 "<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
 "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2720,7 +2731,7 @@
 "modo de autenticación. Sólo es posible hacerlo si el modo de\n"
 "funcionamiento es <b>Gestionado</b>.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:355
 msgid ""
 "<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
 "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2735,7 +2746,7 @@
 "por lo que sólo tiene que introducir de 40 a 232 bits.</p>\n"
 
 #. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:359
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:363
 msgid ""
 "<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
 "enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2751,7 +2762,7 @@
 "pero los ataques por usar palabras del diccionario siguen siendo posibles. No utilice palabras\n"
 "fáciles de adivinar como contraseñas.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:367
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:371
 msgid ""
 "<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
 "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
@@ -2759,7 +2770,7 @@
 "<p>Para usar WPA-EAP (que a veces se conoce como WPA empresarial),\n"
 "indique algún parámetro adicional en el cuadro de diálogo siguiente.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:374
 msgid ""
 "<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
 "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -3673,11 +3684,6 @@
 msgid "Default IPv6 &Gateway"
 msgstr "&Gateway IPv6 por defecto"
 
-#. Table header 3/4
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89
-msgid "Genmask"
-msgstr "Genmask"
-
 #. CheckBox label
 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110
 msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding"
@@ -3696,40 +3702,40 @@
 #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
 #. @param [Array] devs available devices
 #. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
 msgid "&Destination"
 msgstr "&Destino"
 
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
-msgid "Ge&nmask"
-msgstr "Ge&nmask"
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:189
+msgid "&Netmask"
+msgstr "&Máscara de red"
 
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:198
 msgid "&Gateway"
 msgstr "&Gateway"
 
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:206
 msgid "De&vice"
 msgstr "Dispositi&vo"
 
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:261
 msgid "Destination is invalid."
 msgstr "El destino no es válido."
 
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:269
 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
 msgstr "La dirección IP de la Gateway es no es válida."
 
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:277
 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
 msgstr "La máscara de subred no es válida."
 
 #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
 #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:436
 msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
 msgstr "La Gateway por defecto no es válida."
 
@@ -4398,27 +4404,27 @@
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1339 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1343
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1341
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1345
 msgid "Started automatically at boot"
 msgstr "Iniciado automáticamente durante el arranque"
 
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349
 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
 msgstr "Iniciado automáticamente al conectar el cable"
 
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1353
 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
 msgstr "Gestionado por NetworkManager"
 
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1357
 msgid "Will not be started at all"
 msgstr "No se iniciará en absoluto"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
 msgid "Started manually"
 msgstr "Iniciado manualmente"
 
@@ -4430,50 +4436,50 @@
 #.
 #. @param [Hash] dev_map a device's sysconfig map (in form "option" => "value")
 #. @return [Array] list of strings, one string is intended for one "bullet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393
 msgid "IP address assigned using"
 msgstr "Dirección IP asignada usando"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1399
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1397
 msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
 msgstr "Dirección IP: %s/%s"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1400
 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
 msgstr "Dirección IP: %s, máscara de subred %s"
 
 #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
 #. overview. Check and remove.
 #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1446 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1502
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1444 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1500
 msgid "Device Name: %s"
 msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo: %s"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1469
 msgid "Bonding master"
 msgstr "Principal en el vinculo"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1472
 msgid "Bridge"
 msgstr "Puente"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1476
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474
 msgid "enslaved in %s"
 msgstr "esclavo en %s"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1490
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1488
 msgid "Not connected"
 msgstr "Sin conexión"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1489
 msgid "No hwinfo"
 msgstr "No hay información del hardware"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1508
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1506
 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
 msgstr "No es posible configurar la tarjeta de red porque el dispositivo de núcleo (eth0, wlan0) no está presente. Probablemente se deba a que falta el firmware (en dispositivos WLAN). Consulte el resultado de dmesg para obtener más detalles."
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1514
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1512
 msgid ""
 "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
 "to configure.\n"
@@ -4481,11 +4487,11 @@
 "El dispositivo no está configurado. Haga clic en <b>Editar</b>\n"
 "para configurarlo.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519
 msgid "Needed firmware"
 msgstr "Necesita firmware"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519
 msgid "unknown"
 msgstr "Desconocido"
 
@@ -4495,11 +4501,11 @@
 #. @param [String] ifcfg_type
 #. @param [String] ifcfg_name
 #. @return [String] formated string with the interface type and the interfaces enslaved
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2547
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2545
 msgid "Bonding slaves"
 msgstr "Vínculos asociados"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2550
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2548
 msgid "Bridge Ports"
 msgstr "Puertos de puente"
 
@@ -4565,21 +4571,21 @@
 msgstr "La administración remota está desactivada."
 
 #. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:312
 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
 msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración de reenvío de IP"
 
 #. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:314
 msgid "Write routing settings"
 msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración de encaminamiento"
 
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:317
 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
 msgstr "Guardando la configuración de encaminamiento"
 
 #. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:322
 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
 msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración de reenvío de IP..."
 
@@ -4588,22 +4594,22 @@
 #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
 #. so we let our caller do it together with other things
 #. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:332
 msgid "Writing routing settings..."
 msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración de encaminamiento..."
 
 #. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:502
 msgid "Gateway: %s"
 msgstr "Gateway: %s"
 
 #. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:506
 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
 msgstr "Reenvío de IP para IPv4: %s"
 
 #. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:510
 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
 msgstr "Reenvío de IP para IPv6: %s"
 
@@ -4621,3 +4627,9 @@
 #: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139
 msgid "(Unprotected)"
 msgstr "(desprotegida)"
+
+#~ msgid "Genmask"
+#~ msgstr "Genmask"
+
+#~ msgid "Ge&nmask"
+#~ msgstr "Ge&nmask"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/packager.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/packager.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/packager.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-29 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-29 02:28+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@
 #. popup message part 1
 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:287
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1206 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1209 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
 msgid ""
 "Unable to create repository\n"
 "from URL '%1'."
@@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@
 
 #. popup message part 2 followed by other info
 #. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1211
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1214
 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
 msgid "Details:"
 msgstr "Detalles:"
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@
 #. popup message part 3
 #. end of popup message, question
 #. end of popup message, question
-#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1219
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1222
 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
 msgid "Try again?"
 msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentarlo?"
@@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@
 #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
 #. no such products
 #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1154 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1748
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:461
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:464
 msgid "Unknown Product"
 msgstr "Producto desconocido"
 
@@ -1659,23 +1659,23 @@
 msgstr "Aplicando RPM delta: %1"
 
 #. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:304
 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
 msgstr "Su equipo es un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits, pero está intentando instalar una distribución de 32 bits."
 
 #. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:320
 msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
 msgstr "<P>La lista de patrones muestra qué función estará disponible después de instalar el sistema.</P>"
 
 #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
 #. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:329
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
 msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
 msgstr "<P>La propuesta muestra el tamaño total de los archivos que se instalarán en el sistema. Sin embargo, el sistema albergará también otros archivos (temporales y de trabajo), por lo que el espacio usado puede ser ligeramente mayor al mostrado. Es, por lo tanto, una buena idea contar con al menos un 25 % (o 300 MB) de espacio libre antes de comenzar la instalación.</P>"
 
 #. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337
 msgid ""
 "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
 "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
@@ -1684,112 +1684,112 @@
 "descargarán desde repositorios remotos (red). Este valor es importante si la conexión es lenta o existe un límite de descargas.</P>\n"
 
 #. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:346
 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
 msgstr "<P><B>Propuesta de software</B></P>"
 
 #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
 #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:360
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363
 msgid "Product: %1"
 msgstr "Producto: %1"
 
 #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:377
 msgid "System Type: %1"
 msgstr "Tipo de sistema: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:385
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:388
 msgid "Patterns:<br>"
 msgstr "Patrones:<br>"
 
 #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:398
 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
 msgstr "Tamaño de los paquetes que se van a instalar: %1"
 
 #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
 #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:411
 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
 msgstr "Descargando desde repositorios remotos: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:470
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:473
 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
 msgstr "Estos productos adicionales se han marcado para eliminarse automáticamente: %1"
 
 #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:497
 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
 msgstr "Póngase en contacto con los proveedores de estos productos adicionales para conseguir un nuevo medio de instalación."
 
 #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:498
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:501
 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
 msgstr "Póngase en contacto con el proveedor del producto adicional para conseguir un nuevo medio de instalación."
 
 #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:539
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:542
 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
 msgstr "Error : no es posible comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio básico %1 (dispositivo %2). No se puede empezar la instalación."
 
 #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:559
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:562
 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
 msgstr "Advertencia: no es posible comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio %1 (dispositivo %2)."
 
 #. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:605
 msgid "Not enough disk space."
 msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente en el disco."
 
 #. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:607
 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
 msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente en el disco. Elimine algunos paquetes en la selección individual."
 
 #. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:628
 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
 msgstr "El espacio disponible es sólo de %1 (%2%%) en la partición %3.<BR>"
 
 #. Check the YaST required packages.
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:648
 msgid "Please manually select the needed items to install."
 msgstr "Seleccione manualmente los elementos necesarios para instalar."
 
 #. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:707
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:710
 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
 msgstr "El nuevo producto <b>%s</b> se instalará"
 
 #. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:717
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:720
 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
 msgstr "El producto <b>%s</b> se actualizará"
 
 #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:719
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:722
 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
 msgstr "El producto <b>%{old_product}</b> se actualizará a <b>%{new_product}</b>"
 
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:729
 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
 msgstr "El producto <b>%s</b> seguirá instalado"
 
 #. Removing another product might be an issue
 #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:736
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739
 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
 msgstr "<b>Advertencia:</b> el producto <b>%s</b> se eliminará."
 
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:737
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:740
 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
 msgstr "<b>Error:</b> el producto <b>%s</b> se eliminará automáticamente."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
 #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:763
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:766
 msgid ""
 "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
 "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -1806,12 +1806,12 @@
 "</li></ul></li></ul>"
 
 #. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1230
 msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
 msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún repositorio en \"%1\"."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1500
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1503
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
 "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1822,31 +1822,31 @@
 "las notas de la versión actualizadas desde el servidor Web de SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n"
 
 #. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1527
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1530
 msgid "Integrating booted media..."
 msgstr "Integrando medios arrancados..."
 
 #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1549
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1552
 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
 msgstr "Error al integrar el repositorio del Service Pack."
 
 #. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1582
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1585
 msgid "Initializing repositories..."
 msgstr "Inicializando repositorios..."
 
 #. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1814
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1825
 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
 msgstr "Introduzca el CD 1 de %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1816
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1827
 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
 msgstr "No se ha encontrado el CD 1 de %1"
 
 #. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1937
 msgid ""
 "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
 "Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@
 "Consulte el archivo de registro %1 para obtener más información."
 
 #. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2198
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2209
 msgid ""
 "The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
 "Software proposal will be called again."
@@ -1864,12 +1864,12 @@
 "Se invocará nuevamente la propuesta de software."
 
 #. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2216
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2227
 msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
 msgstr "Evaluando selección de paquetes..."
 
 #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2559
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2570
 msgid ""
 "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
 "Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1878,18 +1878,18 @@
 "No se encuentra el patrón."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a package list
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2732
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2743
 msgid "These packages need to be selected to install: %s"
 msgstr "Estos paquetes deben estar seleccionados para poder instalarse: %s"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a pattern list
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2735
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2746
 msgid "These patterns need to be selected to install: %s"
 msgstr "Estos patrones deben estar seleccionados para instalarse: %s"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %{type} is a resolvable type, %{list} is a list of names
 #. This is a fallback message for unknown types, normally it should not be displayed
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2739
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2750
 msgid "These items (%{type}) need to be selected to install: %{list}"
 msgstr "Estos elementos (%{type}) deben estar seleccionados para instalarse: %{list}"
 

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/registration.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/registration.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/registration.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: registration\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 #. popup message
 #. popup message
 #. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
 #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
 msgstr "Contactando con el servidor de registro"
@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@
 #. dialog title
 #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
 #. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:183
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:317
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
 msgid "Registration"
@@ -75,8 +75,8 @@
 #. %s is name of given product
 #. then register the product(s)
 #. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:317
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:350
 msgid "Registering %s ..."
 msgstr "Registrando %s..."
 
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
 #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
 #. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:537
 msgid "Invalid URL."
 msgstr "URL no válida."
 
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
 #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
 #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
 #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:303
 msgid "Registering the System..."
 msgstr "Registrando el sistema..."
 
@@ -397,8 +397,8 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
 #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
 #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:388
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:334
 msgid "Updating to %s ..."
 msgstr "Actualizando a %s..."
 
@@ -460,6 +460,20 @@
 "¿Desea habilitar estos repositorios durante la actualización a fin de\n"
 "recibir las actualizaciones más recientes?"
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, add registered but not installed addons to
+#. the list of products that will be downgraded.
+#. %s are all the product names splited by '\n' e.g
+#. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12\nSUSE Enterprise Storage 1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"The addons listed below are registered but not installed: \n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to downgrade also them in the registration server? \n"
+"If not they will be deactivated. "
+msgstr ""
+
 #. indent size used in summary text
 #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
 msgid "Certificate:"
@@ -590,38 +604,40 @@
 
 #. create the main dialog definition
 #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:97
-msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgid "&Hide Beta Versions"
 msgstr "&Filtrar versiones Beta"
 
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:99
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "Detalles"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Details (English only)"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. addon description widget
 #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:117
 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
 msgstr "Seleccione una extensión o un módulo para mostrar aquí sus detalles"
 
 #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
 #. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:122
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:130
 msgid "%s (not available)"
 msgstr "%s (no disponible)"
 
 #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:261
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:269
 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
 msgstr "YaST permite seleccionar un máximo de %s extensiones o módulos."
 
 #. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:272
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:280
 msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Tenga en cuenta que algunas extensiones o módulos podrían necesitar un código de registro específico.</p>"
 
 #. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:283
 msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Si desea eliminar alguna extensión o módulo, debe entrar en el Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE y eliminarlo allí de forma manual.</p>"
 
@@ -640,21 +656,6 @@
 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
 msgstr "Extensiones y módulos disponibles"
 
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
-msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
-msgstr "Repetición de registro de extensiones y módulos"
-
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
-msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Aquí puede seleccionar las extensiones y los módulos que se volverán a registrar.</p>"
-
-#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr "Extensiones y módulos registrados"
-
 #. help text
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
 msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
@@ -717,7 +718,7 @@
 #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:269
 msgid "Registration &Code"
 msgstr "&Código de registro"
 
@@ -748,7 +749,7 @@
 msgstr "Registrar el producto"
 
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
 msgid "&E-mail Address"
 msgstr "Dir&ección de correo electrónico"
 
@@ -795,49 +796,54 @@
 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
 msgstr "Registrar extensiones o módulos..."
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: Wrong url for registration provided, %s is an URL.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:232
+msgid ""
+"The registration URL provided by the command line is not valid.\n"
+"\n"
+"URL: %s\n"
+"\n"
+"The default one will be used instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:257
 msgid "Register System via %s"
 msgstr "Registrar sistema mediante %s"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:300
 msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
 msgstr "Registrar sistema mediante servidor SMT local"
 
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:311
 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
 msgstr "UR&L del servidor de registro local"
 
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:325
 msgid "&Skip Registration"
 msgstr "&Omitir registro"
 
-#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
-msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
-msgstr "Volver a ®istrar extensiones o módulos"
-
 #. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
 #. @return [Yast::Term]  UI term
 #. the main dialog content
 #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:335
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
 msgid "The system is already registered."
 msgstr "El sistema ya está registrado."
 
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:337
 msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
 msgstr "Seleccione el método preferido de registro."
 
 #. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:353
 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
 msgstr "Introduzca aquí las credenciales del Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE para registrar el sistema a fin de obtener actualizaciones y extensiones."
 
 #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:362
 msgid ""
 "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
 "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -853,7 +859,7 @@
 
 #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
 #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:374
 msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
 msgstr "&Configuración de red..."
 
@@ -951,7 +957,7 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons,
 #. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts
 #. the online migration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:154
 msgid ""
 "The system is not registered,\n"
 "to run the online migration you need\n"
@@ -962,17 +968,28 @@
 "debe registrar primero el sistema."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:198
 msgid "No installed product found."
 msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún producto instalado."
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, merge this addon that are registered but not
+#. installed to the current migration products list.
+#. %s is an addon friendly name, e.g 'SUSE Enterprise Storage 2 x86_64'
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:219
+msgid ""
+"The '%s' extension is registered but not installed.\n"
+"If you accept it will be added for be installed, in other case it will be unregistered at the end of the migration.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to add it?"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:242
 msgid "No migration product found."
 msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún producto de migración."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:319
 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
 msgstr "Preparando repositorios de migración..."
 
@@ -1016,48 +1033,54 @@
 msgstr "Destinos de migración posibles"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:199
 msgid "Migration Summary"
 msgstr "Resumen de migración"
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message in rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:211
+msgid "The registration server does not offer migrations for Product <b>%s</b> so it will <b>stay unchanged</b>. We recommend you to check if it's correct and to configure the repositories manually in case of needed."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
 #. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
 #. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
 #. using the selected migration.
 #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
 #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:234
 msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
 msgstr "ERROR: el producto <b>%{product}</b> no está disponible en el servidor de registro (%{url}). Haga disponible el producto para permitir el uso de esta migración."
 
 #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
 #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
 #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:246
 msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
 msgstr "%s <b>se instalará.</b>"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
 #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:263
 msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
 msgstr "%s <b>permanecerá sin cambios.</b>"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
 #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
 #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:273
 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
 msgstr "%{old_product} <b>se actualizará a</b> %{new_product}."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
 #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:278
 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
 msgstr "%{old_product} <b>se restablecerá a</b> %{new_product}."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:311
 msgid ""
 "The selected migration contains a product\n"
 "which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1071,6 +1094,57 @@
 "Seleccione un destino de migración distinto o haga disponibles\n"
 "los productos que faltan en el servidor de registro."
 
+#. this class displays and runs the dialog which check all the installed
+#. but not registered products warning the user about it and allowing him
+#. to take some actions over them.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking status..."
+msgid "Checking registration status"
+msgstr "Comprobando estado..."
+
+#. FIXME: Maybe we could remove this option and just warn the user
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
+msgid "Ins&tall products"
+msgstr "Productos adicionales instalados"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "&Deactivate"
+msgstr "&Desactivar"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:87
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Continuar"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error showing all the addons that weren't
+#. installed, %s is the addons identifiers.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "These sources were not found:\n"
+#| "%1"
+msgid ""
+"These addons were not installed:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+"No se encuentran estos orígenes:\n"
+"%1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but
+#. not installed. (1/2)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:153
+msgid "<p>The addons listed below are registered but not installed: </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but
+#. not installed. (2/2)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:159
+msgid "<p>It's preferable to <b>deactivate</b> your products at your registration server if you don't plan to use them anymore.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. help text
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
 msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
@@ -1150,25 +1224,66 @@
 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
 msgstr "Buscando servidores de registro locales..."
 
-#. Constructor
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC
 #.
-#. @param services        [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show
-#. @param heading         [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
-#. heading will be used).
-#. @param description     [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
-#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
-#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
-#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
-#. @param initial         [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
-#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
-msgid "Service selection"
-msgstr "Selección del servicio"
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact SUSE.
+#.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.suse.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgid "Registration Code or SMT Server URL"
+msgstr "UR&L del servidor de registro local"
 
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
-msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
-msgstr "Seleccione un servicio detectado en la lista."
+#. Error reports and logs about the registration are mostly handled
+#. by ConnectHelpers.catch_registration_errors and used by instances
+#. of RegistrationUI.
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not a valid umask."
+msgid "Not valid url."
+msgstr "Valor de umask no válido."
 
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
-msgid "No service was selected."
-msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún servicio."
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The SMT Server URL must use http or https protocol, other schemes are not supported.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Details"
+#~ msgstr "Detalles"
+
+#~ msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
+#~ msgstr "Repetición de registro de extensiones y módulos"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Aquí puede seleccionar las extensiones y los módulos que se volverán a registrar.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
+#~ msgstr "Extensiones y módulos registrados"
+
+#~ msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
+#~ msgstr "Volver a ®istrar extensiones o módulos"
+
+#~ msgid "Service selection"
+#~ msgstr "Selección del servicio"
+
+#~ msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+#~ msgstr "Seleccione un servicio detectado en la lista."
+
+#~ msgid "No service was selected."
+#~ msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún servicio."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: reipl\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-07 01:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-11 02:29+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -15,64 +15,10 @@
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #. Command line help text for the Xreipl module
-#: src/clients/reipl.rb:53
+#: src/clients/reipl.rb:52
 msgid "Configuration of reipl"
 msgstr "Configuración de reipl"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
-#. %1 is replaced with a device name
-#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:69
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Después de apagarlo, vuelva a cargar el sistema\n"
-"con un IPL desde el dispositivo %1.\n"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
-#. %1 is replaced with a FCP name
-#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
-#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
-#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from FCP '%1'\n"
-"with WWPN '%2'\n"
-"and LUN '%3'.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Una vez apagado, vuelva a cargar el sistema\n"
-"con un IPL desde el FCP '%1'\n"
-"con WWPN '%2'\n"
-"y LUN '%3'.\n"
-
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
-"with an IPL from the device \n"
-"that contains /boot"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Una vez apagado, reinicie el sistema\n"
-"con un IPL desde el dispositivo\n"
-"que contenga /boot"
-
-#. Rich text title for Reipl in proposals
-#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "Reipl"
-msgstr "Reipl"
-
-#. Menu title for Reipl in proposals
-#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:85
-msgid "&Reipl"
-msgstr "&Reipl"
-
 #. Reipl configure dialog caption
 #. Initialization dialog caption
 #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100
@@ -280,32 +226,62 @@
 msgid "Initializing..."
 msgstr "Inicializando..."
 
-#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
-#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:323
-msgid "Configured reipl methods"
-msgstr "Métodos reipl configurados"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "After shutdown, reload the system\n"
+#~ "with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Después de apagarlo, vuelva a cargar el sistema\n"
+#~ "con un IPL desde el dispositivo %1.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:330
-msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
-msgstr "El método ccw está configurado y se está utilizando."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "After shutdown, reload the system\n"
+#~ "with an IPL from FCP '%1'\n"
+#~ "with WWPN '%2'\n"
+#~ "and LUN '%3'.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Una vez apagado, vuelva a cargar el sistema\n"
+#~ "con un IPL desde el FCP '%1'\n"
+#~ "con WWPN '%2'\n"
+#~ "y LUN '%3'.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:332
-msgid "The method ccw is configured."
-msgstr "El método ccw está configurado."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "After shutdown, reload the system \n"
+#~ "with an IPL from the device \n"
+#~ "that contains /boot"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Una vez apagado, reinicie el sistema\n"
+#~ "con un IPL desde el dispositivo\n"
+#~ "que contenga /boot"
 
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:335
-msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
-msgstr "No se admite el método ccw."
+#~ msgid "Reipl"
+#~ msgstr "Reipl"
 
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:343
-msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
-msgstr "El método fcp está configurado y se está utilizando."
+#~ msgid "&Reipl"
+#~ msgstr "&Reipl"
 
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:345
-msgid "The method fcp is configured."
-msgstr "El método fcp está configurado."
+#~ msgid "Configured reipl methods"
+#~ msgstr "Métodos reipl configurados"
 
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:348
-msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
-msgstr "No se admite el método fcp."
+#~ msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
+#~ msgstr "El método ccw está configurado y se está utilizando."
+
+#~ msgid "The method ccw is configured."
+#~ msgstr "El método ccw está configurado."
+
+#~ msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
+#~ msgstr "No se admite el método ccw."
+
+#~ msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
+#~ msgstr "El método fcp está configurado y se está utilizando."
+
+#~ msgid "The method fcp is configured."
+#~ msgstr "El método fcp está configurado."
+
+#~ msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
+#~ msgstr "No se admite el método fcp."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bugzilla.opensuse.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-09 12:27+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-15 17:26+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -71,6 +71,9 @@
 msgid "Building"
 msgstr "Construcción"
 
+msgid "C++"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "CAD"
 msgstr "CAD"
 
@@ -116,9 +119,6 @@
 msgid "Convertors"
 msgstr "Conversores"
 
-msgid "Daemon"
-msgstr "Daemon"
-
 msgid "Daemons"
 msgstr "Daemons"
 
@@ -320,9 +320,6 @@
 msgid "LXDE"
 msgstr "LXDE"
 
-msgid "LXDE-Qt"
-msgstr "LXDE-Qt"
-
 msgid "LXQt"
 msgstr "LXQt"
 
@@ -356,6 +353,11 @@
 msgid "Modem"
 msgstr "Módem"
 
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Monitoring"
+msgid "monitoring"
+msgstr "Monitorización"
+
 msgid "Monitoring"
 msgstr "Monitorización"
 
@@ -569,9 +571,6 @@
 msgid "Terminals"
 msgstr "Terminales"
 
-msgid "Tests"
-msgstr "Pruebas"
-
 msgid "TeX"
 msgstr "TeX"
 
@@ -655,3 +654,12 @@
 
 msgid "YaST"
 msgstr "YaST"
+
+#~ msgid "Daemon"
+#~ msgstr "Daemon"
+
+#~ msgid "LXDE-Qt"
+#~ msgstr "LXDE-Qt"
+
+#~ msgid "Tests"
+#~ msgstr "Pruebas"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/s390.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/s390.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/s390.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: s390\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 17:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 msgstr "DASD"
 
 #. section name in proposal - menu item
-#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110
+#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:111
 msgid "&DASD"
 msgstr "&DASD"
 
@@ -60,24 +60,24 @@
 msgstr "Detectando las controladoras disponibles"
 
 #. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:71
 msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración de la controladora de disco S/390"
 
 #. push button
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:83
 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
 msgstr "Configurar discos &DASD"
 
 #. push button
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:93
 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
 msgstr "Configurar discos &ZFCP"
 
 #. Initialization dialog contents
 #. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:101 src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:97
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
 msgid "Initializing..."
 msgstr "Iniciando..."
 
@@ -102,82 +102,82 @@
 msgstr "&zFCP"
 
 #. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:165
 msgid "&Activate"
 msgstr "&Activar"
 
 #. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:167
 msgid "&Deactivate"
 msgstr "&Desactivar"
 
 #. menu button id
 #. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:169 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178
 msgid "Set DIAG O&n"
 msgstr "A&ctivar DIAG"
 
 #. menu button id
 #. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:171 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:180
 msgid "Set DIAG O&ff"
 msgstr "D&esactivar DIAG"
 
 #. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:173
 msgid "&Format"
 msgstr "&Formatear"
 
 #. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:182
 msgid "Set Format On"
 msgstr "Activar formato"
 
 #. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:184
 msgid "Set Format Off"
 msgstr "Desactivar formato"
 
 #. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel)
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:194
 msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks"
 msgstr "Discos formateados en ¶lelo"
 
 #. error popup message
 #. error popup message
 #. error popup message
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:216 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:673
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:465
 msgid "No disk selected."
 msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún disco."
 
 #. 8 means disk is not formatted
 #. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST)
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:243 src/modules/DASDController.rb:149
 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?"
 msgstr "El dispositivo %1 no tiene formato. ¿Desea formatear el dispositivo ahora?"
 
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:246 src/modules/DASDController.rb:152
 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?"
 msgstr "Hay %1 dispositivos sin formato. ¿Desea formatearlos ahora?"
 
 #. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:258
 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1."
 msgstr "No se encuentra ningún dispositivo para el canal %1."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:312
 msgid "Disk %1 is not active."
 msgstr "El disco %1 no está activo."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:318
 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing."
 msgstr "No existe acceso de escritura para el disco %1."
 
 #. popup question
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:342
 msgid ""
 "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n"
 "Really format the following disks?<br>\n"
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
 " %1"
 
 #. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:404
 msgid "DASD Disk Management"
 msgstr "Gestión de discos DASD"
 
@@ -196,111 +196,111 @@
 #. table header
 #. table header
 #. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:411 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:125
 msgid "Channel ID"
 msgstr "ID de canal"
 
 #. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413
 msgid "Format"
 msgstr "Formatear"
 
 #. table header
 #. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428
 msgid "Use DIAG"
 msgstr "Usar DIAG"
 
 #. table header
 #. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131
 msgid "Device"
 msgstr "Dispositivo"
 
 #. table header
 #. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424
 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Tipo"
 
 #. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426
 msgid "Access Type"
 msgstr "Tipo de acceso"
 
 #. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430
 msgid "Formatted"
 msgstr "Formateado"
 
 #. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432
 msgid "Partition Information"
 msgstr "Información de particiones"
 
 #. text entry
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:142
 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID"
 msgstr "ID de canal mí&nimo"
 
 #. text entry
 #. text entry
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:450 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:149
 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID"
 msgstr "ID de canal má&ximo"
 
 #. push button
 #. push button
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:456 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:155
 msgid "&Filter"
 msgstr "&Filtro"
 
 #. menu button
 #. menu button
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:474
 msgid "Perform &Action"
 msgstr "Ejecutar &acción"
 
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:470
 msgid "&Select All"
 msgstr "&Seleccionar todos"
 
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471
 msgid "&Deselect All"
 msgstr "&Deseleccionar todo"
 
 #. error popup
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:541 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:215
 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs."
 msgstr "ID de canal de filtro no válidos."
 
 #. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:584
 msgid "Add New DASD Disk"
 msgstr "Añadir nuevo disco DASD"
 
 #. text entry
 #. combo box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:595 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:294
 msgid "&Channel ID"
 msgstr "ID de &canal"
 
 #. check box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:599
 msgid "Format the Disk"
 msgstr "Formatear el disco"
 
 #. check box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602
 msgid "Use &DIAG"
 msgstr "Usar &DIAG"
 
 #. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:624
 msgid ""
 "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n"
 "All changes will be lost."
@@ -312,14 +312,14 @@
 #. error popup
 #. error popup
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:635 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:357 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:393
 msgid "Not a valid channel ID."
 msgstr "No es un ID de canal válido."
 
 #. error popup
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:645 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:423
 msgid "Device already exists."
 msgstr "El dispositivo ya existe."
 
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
 "Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse <b>Cancelar</b>.</p>"
 
 #. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:45
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Saving Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
 "</p>\n"
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
 
 #. Write dialog help 2/2
 #. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:49 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:49
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
 "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
 
 #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
 #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:55 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:71
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n"
 "In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>"
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
 
 #. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
 #. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:60 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
 msgid ""
 "<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n"
 "the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -384,12 +384,12 @@
 "el ID de <b>Canal máximo</b> y haga clic en <b>Filtrar.</b></p>\n"
 
 #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:65
 msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Para configurar un nuevo disco DASD, pulse <b>Añadir</b>.</p>"
 
 #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:67
 msgid ""
 "<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n"
 "<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@
 "y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>"
 
 #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:81
 msgid ""
 "<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
 "<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
 "<b>Seleccionar todos</b> o en <b>Deseleccionar todo.</b></p>\n"
 
 #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:87
 msgid ""
 "<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n"
 "The action will be performed immediately!</p>"
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
 "La acción se realizará inmediatamente.</p>"
 
 #. Disk add help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:92
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n"
 "To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n"
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
 "DASD como identificador.</p>"
 
 #. Disk add help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:98
 msgid ""
 "<p>If the disk should be formatted,\n"
 "use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -436,13 +436,13 @@
 "utilice la opción <b>Formatear el disco.</b></p>\n"
 
 #. Disk add help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:102
 msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n"
 msgstr "<p>Para usar el modo DIAG, seleccione <b>Usar DIAG.</b></p>\n"
 
 #. Initialization dialog caption
 #. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:95 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:94
 msgid "Controller Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración de la controladora"
 
@@ -473,17 +473,17 @@
 "formato o particiones incompatibles, marque la casilla <b>Forzar sobrescritura de disco.</b></p>"
 
 #. Dump dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:63
 msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>"
 msgstr "<p>Para usar dispositivos DASD y ZFCP, actívelos en los recuadros de diálogo DASD o ZFCP respectivos de YaST.<br>"
 
 #. Dump dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:67
 msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>"
 msgstr "Los dispositivos en uso o con particiones montadas no se mostrarán.</p>"
 
 #. Dump dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:71
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n"
 "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>"
@@ -492,31 +492,31 @@
 "que se puede usar para el volcado. Los dispositivos de volcado con varios volúmenes se indican por una lista de ID de DASD.</p>"
 
 #. Dump dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76
 msgid "<p>ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>"
 msgstr "<p>Columnas ZFCP: Dispositivo, Tamaño, ID, WWPN, LUN, Volcado<br>"
 
 #. Dump dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:78
 msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump</p>"
 msgstr "Columnas DASD: Dispositivo, Tamaño, ID, Volcado</p>"
 
 #. Dialog content
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:96
 msgid "&ZFCP"
 msgstr "&ZFCP"
 
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:122
 msgid "&Force overwrite of disk"
 msgstr "&Forzar sobrescritura de disco"
 
 #. prevent leading space
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:186
 msgid "You haven't selected any device."
 msgstr "No ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo."
 
 #. warn only in case of force
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:191
 msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?"
 msgstr "El disco %1 se formateará como dispositivo de volcado. Se perderán todos los datos del dispositivo. ¿Desea continuar?"
 
@@ -539,21 +539,21 @@
 "<br>Aparecen en líneas distintas.</p>\n"
 
 #. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:44
 msgid "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
 msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:47
 msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>TS-Shell permite especificar la <b>autorización</b> para cada usuario y grupo de TS-Shell. Los miembros heredan los derechos del grupo.</p>"
 
 #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:52
 msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Cada ID de z/VM permitido se puede seleccionar manualmente en <b>Selección,</b> se puede definir mediante una <b>Regex</b> o cargar desde un <b>archivo</b> que contiene todos los ID de z/VM permitidos en líneas separadas.</p>"
 
 #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
 msgid ""
 "<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n"
 "User</b> to remove users.</p>"
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@
 "o en <b>Eliminar usuario</b> para borrarlos.</p>"
 
 #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:63
 msgid ""
 "<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n"
 "the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>"
@@ -571,16 +571,16 @@
 "cambiar sus miembros, vaya a <b>Gestionar grupos.</b></p>"
 
 #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:68
 msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Con <b>ID auditadas,</b> especifique los ID de z/VM de donde se deben recoger las transcripciones.</p>"
 
 #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:72
 msgid "<p><b><big>New TS-Shell User</big></b></p>"
 msgstr "<p><b><big>Nuevo usuario de TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:75
 msgid ""
 "<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
 "\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>"
@@ -589,12 +589,12 @@
 "\t<br>También es posible especificar <b>grupos adicionales</b> seleccionándolos en la parte derecha.</p>"
 
 #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81
 msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Para asegurarse de que el usuario cambia su contraseña después de la primera entrada, active <b>Forzar cambio de contraseña.</b></p>"
 
 #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:86
 msgid ""
 "<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n"
 "data will be stored there.</p>"
@@ -603,11 +603,11 @@
 "puesto que no se usa para guardar datos.</p>"
 
 #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:91
 msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big></b></p>"
 msgstr "<p><b><big>Gestionar grupos para TS-Authorization</big></b></p>"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:94
 msgid ""
 "<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n"
 "member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>"
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@
 "TS-Shell de estos grupos herede los mismos derechos.</p>"
 
 #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:99
 msgid ""
 "<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n"
 "authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@
 "TS-Shell. Seleccione los grupos en la tabla y haga clic en <b>Seleccionar o deseleccionar.</b> El estado actual se muestra en la columna <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
 
 #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:105
 msgid ""
 "<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n"
 "selection.</p>"
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@
 "<b>TS-Members</b>.</p>"
 
 #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:109
 msgid ""
 "<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
 "\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>"
@@ -643,21 +643,21 @@
 "\t<br>Para suprimir los grupos creados anteriormente, es necesario utilizar el diálogo <b>Usuarios de YaST.</b></p>"
 
 #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:115
 msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Para deshacer los cambios en este recuadro de diálogo, haga clic en <b>Atrás.</b></p>"
 
 #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:119
 msgid "<p><b><big>IUCVConn on Login</big></b></p>"
 msgstr "<p><b><big>IUCVConn al entrar a la sesión</big></b></p>"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:122
 msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
 msgstr "<p>IUCVConn al entrar a la sesión necesita un usuario para cada ID de z/VM. Para crear estos usuarios, hay que proporcionar una <b>contraseña</b> y un <b>directorio personal</b>."
 
 #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:127
 msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>"
 msgstr "<p>Es posible sincronizar los usuarios manualmente haciendo clic en <b>Sincronizar</b> o simplemente confirmando los cambios con la opción <b>Aceptar</b> estando habilitada la opción <b>IUCVConn al entrar a la sesión</b>. </p>"
 
@@ -846,87 +846,87 @@
 msgstr "TS-&Members"
 
 #. draw active tab
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:594
 msgid "&z/VM IDs"
 msgstr "ID de &z/VM"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595
 msgid "&TS-Shell"
 msgstr "&TS-Shell"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596
 msgid "&IUCVConn"
 msgstr "&IUCVConn"
 
 #. check and commit password
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:708
 msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid."
 msgstr "Las contraseñas no coinciden o no son válidas."
 
 #. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:714
 msgid "The username is not valid!"
 msgstr "El nombre de usuario no es válido."
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:718
 msgid "A home directory has to be specified!"
 msgstr "Se debe especificar un directorio personal."
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:751
 msgid "Adding the user has failed."
 msgstr "Se ha producido un error al añadir el usuario."
 
 #. delete group entry if disabled
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:843
 msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings"
 msgstr "Configurar los valores generales del servidor de terminal IUCV"
 
 #. update screen
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:863
 msgid "New TS-Shell User"
 msgstr "Nuevo usuario de TS-Shell"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:876
 msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization"
 msgstr "Gestionar grupos para TS-Authorization"
 
 #. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1000
 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed."
 msgstr "ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. Sólo se permiten letras y números."
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1012
 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed."
 msgstr "ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. No está permitido usar números al principio."
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1024
 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed."
 msgstr "ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. No está permitido utilizar más de ocho caracteres."
 
 #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1037
 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required."
 msgstr "ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. Es obligatorio usar al menos una letra."
 
 #. check password
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1061
 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required."
 msgstr "Se necesita una contraseña introducida correctamente para sincronizar los usuarios de IUCVConn."
 
 #. check home directory
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1067
 msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid."
 msgstr "El directorio personal de IUCVConn especificado no es válido."
 
 #. update ts member selection
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1415
 msgid "The group name is not valid!"
 msgstr "El nombre de grupo no es válido."
 
 #. change tab selection back
 #. check for z/VM ID entries
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1474
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1575
 msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs."
 msgstr "No es posible configurar Terminal Server sin ID z/VM válidos."
 
@@ -969,32 +969,32 @@
 msgstr "<p>Pueden ejecutarse varias <b>instancias IUCVtty</b> para proporcionar múltiples dispositivos de terminal. Las instancias se distinguen por un ID de terminal, que es una combinación del <b>prefijo de ID de terminal</b> y el número de la instancia.<br>"
 
 #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:131
 msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>"
 msgstr "Por ejemplo, si define diez instancias con el prefijo "<i>lxterm</i>", estarán disponibles los ID de terminal del <i>lxterm0</i> al <i>lxterm9</i>.</p>"
 
 #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:136
 msgid "<p><b>HVC</b></p>"
 msgstr "<p><b>HVC</b></p>"
 
 #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:138
 msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>El controlador de dispositivo z/VM IUCV HVC es un módulo del núcleo y usa nodos de dispositivos para permitir hasta ocho dispositivos de terminal HVC a fin de comunicarse con los programas getty y de entrada.</p>"
 
 #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
 msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Con <b>restringir acceso,</b> se permite la conexión solo desde ciertos <b>Terminal Servers</b>.</p>"
 
 #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
 msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Defina la emulación para todas las instancias a la vez o para cada una por separado.</p>"
 
 #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
 msgid ""
 "<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n"
 "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>"
@@ -1003,85 +1003,85 @@
 "del núcleo al dispositivo hvc0, en lugar de a ttyS0.<br>"
 
 #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:156
 msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
 msgstr "Si los mensajes del núcleo todavía se mostrasen en ttyS0, añada manualmente <b>console=ttyS0</b> al parámetro de arranque del núcleo en uso en el <b>módulo de arranque de YaST.</b></p>"
 
 #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:161
 msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
 msgstr "<h3>Advertencia: los terminales HVC permanecen con una sesión iniciada si no se sale de la sesión manualmente mediante el acceso directo ctrl _ d</h3>"
 
 #. Dialog content
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:174
 msgid "&IUCVtty"
 msgstr "&IUCVtty"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
 msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix"
 msgstr "&Prefijo de ID de terminal"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:188
 msgid "I&UCVtty instances"
 msgstr "Instancias de I&UCVtty"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:202
 msgid "HVC"
 msgstr "HVC"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:212
 msgid "H&VC instances"
 msgstr "Instancias de H&VC"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223
 msgid "Restrict &access to"
 msgstr "Restringir &acceso a"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:229
 msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers"
 msgstr "&Servidores de terminal permitidos"
 
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:237
 msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0"
 msgstr "recibir mensajes del &núcleo en hvc0"
 
 #. if settings were changed don't exit without asking
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:330
 msgid "Really leave without saving?"
 msgstr "¿Seguro que desea salir sin guardar?"
 
 #. check iucv id
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:339
 msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid."
 msgstr "El ID de IUCV no es válido."
 
 #. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:349
 msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid."
 msgstr "Los servidores de terminal no son válidos."
 
 #. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:380
 msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect."
 msgstr "El sistema debe reiniciarse para que algunos de los cambios surtan efecto."
 
 #. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:62
 msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD."
 msgstr "Solo se permiten %1 líneas para VMCMD."
 
 #. For translators: Caption of the dialog
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:108
 msgid "On Panic Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración de OnPanic"
 
 #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:111
 msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>"
 msgstr "<p><b>Configurar las acciones que se llevarán a cabo si se produce un error fatal del núcleo (kernel panic)</b></p>"
 
 #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:115
 msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>El daemon <b>Dumpconf</b> debe estar habilitado para influir en el comportamiento durante los errores fatales del núcleo.</p>"
 
@@ -1115,83 +1115,83 @@
 "en sistemas LPAR con z9(r) y posteriores y en z/VMversion 5.3 y posteriores.<br>"
 
 #. OnPanic dialog help 8/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:133
 msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>"
 msgstr "<b>vmcmd</b> Ejecutar los comandos CP especificados y detener el sistema.</p>"
 
 #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:135
 msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>El tiempo definido en <b>Minutos de retraso</b> retrasa la activación de la acción de error fatal especificada para un sistema recién iniciado, con el fin de evitar bucles. Si el sistema se bloquea antes de que transcurra el tiempo, se realizará la acción por defecto (stop).</p>"
 
 #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:141
 msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>El dispositivo para volcar la memoria se puede establecer mediante la opción <b>Dispositivo de volcado.</b> Si no se muestra ningún dispositivo, deberá crear uno en el diálogo <b>Dispositivos de volcado de YaST.</b></p>"
 
 #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:147
 msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Con <b>VMCMD,</b> especifique los comandos CP que se ejecutarán antes de que se detenga el sistema Linux. Solo se permiten %1 líneas y un total de %2 caracteres.</p>"
 
 #. radio button label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:171
 msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf"
 msgstr "N&o iniciar Dumpconf"
 
 #. radio button label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:180
 msgid "&Start Dumpconf"
 msgstr "&Iniciar Dumpconf"
 
 #. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:194
 msgid "&Panic Action"
 msgstr "Acción en caso de error &fatal"
 
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:197
 msgid "Delay &Minutes"
 msgstr "&Minutos de retraso"
 
 #. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:207
 msgid "&Dump Device"
 msgstr "&Dispositivo de volcado"
 
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:211
 msgid "&VMCMD"
 msgstr "&VMCMD"
 
 #. don't allow dumps if no device is available
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:271
 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device."
 msgstr "No es posible habilitar el proceso de volcado sin un dispositivo de volcado."
 
 #. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:285
 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd  without defining at least one command."
 msgstr "No es posible utilizar vmcmd sin definir al menos un comando."
 
 #. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:109
 msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices"
 msgstr "Dispositivos ZFCP configurados"
 
 #. table header
 #. table header
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:118 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:127
 msgid "WWPN"
 msgstr "WWPN"
 
 #. table header
 #. table header
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129
 msgid "LUN"
 msgstr "LUN"
 
 #. yes-no popup
 #. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:232 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:380
 msgid ""
 "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n"
 "All changes will be lost."
@@ -1200,42 +1200,42 @@
 "Se perderán todos los cambios."
 
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:252
 msgid "Add New ZFCP Device"
 msgstr "Añadir nuevo dispositivo ZFCP"
 
 #. push button
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:300
 msgid "Get WWPNs"
 msgstr "Obtener WWPN"
 
 #. combo box
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:303
 msgid "&WWPN"
 msgstr "&WWPN"
 
 #. push button
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:308
 msgid "Get LUNs"
 msgstr "Obtener LUN"
 
 #. combobox
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:311
 msgid "&LUN"
 msgstr "&LUN"
 
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:314
 msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan."
 msgstr "Si no se han definido WWPN ni LUN, el sistema intentará usar allow_lun_scan."
 
 #. error popup
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:365 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:402
 msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid."
 msgstr "El WWPN no es válido."
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:410
 msgid "The entered LUN is invalid."
 msgstr "El LUN introducido no es válido."
 
@@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:45
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
 "</p>\n"
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. Disk selection dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:55
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\n"
 "Manage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\n"
@@ -1267,12 +1267,12 @@
 "Permite gestionar los dispositivos ZFCP del sistema.</p>\n"
 
 #. Disk selection dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:59
 msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Para configurar un nuevo dispositivo ZFCP, haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.</p>"
 
 #. Disk selection dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:61
 msgid ""
 "<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n"
 "<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -1282,11 +1282,11 @@
 
 #. Disk selection dialog Warning
 #. Disk selection dialog Warning
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:90
 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
 msgstr "<h1>Advertencia</h1>"
 
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:66 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:91
 msgid ""
 "<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n"
 "<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n"
@@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@
 " De lo contrario, existirá un riesgo potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>"
 
 #. Disk add help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:72
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n"
 "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n"
@@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@
 "de puerto (<b>WWPN</b>) y el número de <b>LUN.</b></p>\n"
 
 #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>"
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:79
 msgid ""
 "<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n"
 "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n"
@@ -1327,95 +1327,95 @@
 
 #. popup label
 #. popup label
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:178 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:153
 msgid "Running mkinitrd."
 msgstr "Ejecutando mkinitrd."
 
 #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
 #. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:311
 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3"
 msgstr "ID de canal: %1; formato: %2; DIAG: %3"
 
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:324
 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3"
 msgstr "ID de canal: %1; dispositivo: %2; DIAG: %3"
 
 #. popup label
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:356
 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks"
 msgstr "Leyendo los discos DASD configurados"
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:446 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:515
 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted."
 msgstr "%1: sysfs no está montado."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:454 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:523
 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>."
 msgstr "%1: estado no válido para <online>."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:462 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438
 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>."
 msgstr "%1: no se ha encontrado ningún dispositivo para <ccwid>."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:470
 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device."
 msgstr "%1: no es posible cambiar el estado del dispositivo."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:479
 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD."
 msgstr "%1: el dispositivo no es DASD."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488
 msgid "%1: Could not load module."
 msgstr "%1: no es posible cargar el módulo."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497
 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD."
 msgstr "%1: error al activar DASD."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506
 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted."
 msgstr "%1: DASD no tiene formato."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
 #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
 #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:571
 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2."
 msgstr "%1: Error desconocido %2."
 
 #. progress bar
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:622
 msgid "Formatting %1:"
 msgstr "Formateando %1:"
 
 #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
 #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:651 src/modules/DASDController.rb:747
 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1."
 msgstr "Error al formatear los discos. Código de salida: %1."
 
 #. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3
 #. integers,
 #. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:718
 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done"
 msgstr "Formateando %1: completados %2 cilindros de %3"
 
@@ -1454,9 +1454,9 @@
 #. Progress finished
 #. Progress finished
 #: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:335 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:233 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:275
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminado"
 
@@ -1479,37 +1479,37 @@
 msgstr "Creando dispositivo de volcado. Este proceso puede tardar unos minutos."
 
 #. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:147
 msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)."
 msgstr "El disco no es válido o no se puede usar (error grave)."
 
 #. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:150
 msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force."
 msgstr "Formato o partición incompatible, corregir con Forzar."
 
 #. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:155
 msgid "Missing support programs."
 msgstr "Faltan programas de asistencia."
 
 #. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:158
 msgid "Missing or wrong parameters."
 msgstr "Hay parámetros ausentes o no válidos."
 
 #. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:161
 msgid "Access problem."
 msgstr "Problema de acceso."
 
 #. error description, %1 is error code (integer)
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:164
 msgid "Error code from support program: %1."
 msgstr "Código de error del programa de soporte: %1."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:168
 msgid ""
 "Cannot create dump device %1:\n"
 "%2"
@@ -1554,37 +1554,37 @@
 msgstr "Leyendo parámetros del núcleo..."
 
 #. Inittab write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:221
 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration"
 msgstr "Guardando la configuración de terminal IUCV"
 
 #. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:230
 msgid "Write IUCVtty settings"
 msgstr "Escribir la configuración de IUCVtty"
 
 #. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232
 msgid "Write HVC settings"
 msgstr "Escribir la configuración de HVC"
 
 #. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234
 msgid "Write kernel parameters"
 msgstr "Escribir parámetros del núcleo"
 
 #. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:238
 msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..."
 msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de IUCVtty..."
 
 #. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240
 msgid "Writing HVC settings..."
 msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de HVC..."
 
 #. Progress step 3/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242
 msgid "Writing kernel parameters..."
 msgstr "Escribiendo parámetros del núcleo..."
 
@@ -1595,27 +1595,27 @@
 
 #. Read all settings
 #. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:316
 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration"
 msgstr "Cargando la configuración del servidor de terminal IUCV"
 
 #. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:325
 msgid "Read configuration files"
 msgstr "Leer archivos de configuración"
 
 #. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:327
 msgid "Load user/group settings"
 msgstr "Cargar configuración de usuarios/grupos"
 
 #. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:331
 msgid "Reading configuration files..."
 msgstr "Leyendo archivos de configuración..."
 
 #. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:333
 msgid "Loading user/group settings..."
 msgstr "Cargando la configuración de usuarios/grupos..."
 
@@ -1645,67 +1645,67 @@
 msgstr "Actualizando la configuración de usuarios..."
 
 #. Dumpconf read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:214
 msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration"
 msgstr "Leyendo configuración de Dumpconf"
 
 #. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:223
 msgid "Checking dump devices"
 msgstr "Comprobando los dispositivos de volcado"
 
 #. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:225
 msgid "Reading settings"
 msgstr "Leyendo la configuración"
 
 #. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:229
 msgid "Checking dump devices..."
 msgstr "Comprobando los dispositivos de volcado..."
 
 #. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:231
 msgid "Reading the settings..."
 msgstr "Leyendo la configuración..."
 
 #. Dumpconf write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:256
 msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration"
 msgstr "Guardando la configuración de Dumpconf..."
 
 #. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:265
 msgid "Write the settings"
 msgstr "Escribir la configuración"
 
 #. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:267
 msgid "Restart the service"
 msgstr "Reiniciar el servicio"
 
 #. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:271
 msgid "Writing the settings..."
 msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..."
 
 #. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:273
 msgid "Restarting service..."
 msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio..."
 
 #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
 #. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:279
 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3"
 msgstr "ID de canal: %1; WWPN: %2; LUN: %3"
 
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:288
 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4"
 msgstr "ID de canal: %1; WWPN: %2; LUN: %3; dispositivo: %4"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:348
 msgid ""
 "Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n"
 "You will have to set it manually."
@@ -1714,61 +1714,61 @@
 "Tendrá que configurarlos manualmente."
 
 #. popup label
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:366
 msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices"
 msgstr "Leyendo los dispositivos ZFCP configurados"
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
 msgid "%1: WWPN invalid."
 msgstr "%1: WWPN no válido."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
 msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1."
 msgstr "%1: no se ha podido activar el WWPN para el adaptador %1."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
 msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device."
 msgstr "%1: no es posible activar el dispositivo ZFCP."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
 msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated."
 msgstr "%1: el disco SCSI no se ha podido desactivar."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
 msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered."
 msgstr "%1: no es posible anular el registro del LUN."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
 msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered."
 msgstr "%1: no es posible anular el registro del WWPN."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:531
 msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist."
 msgstr "%1: el dispositivo <ccwid> no existe."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:539
 msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded."
 msgstr "%1: no se ha podido cargar el módulo zfcp."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:547
 msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed."
 msgstr "%1: no se ha podido cambiar el estado del adaptador."
 
 #. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:555
 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active."
 msgstr "%1: los puertos WWPN están aún activo."
 
 #. message, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:563
 msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan."
 msgstr "%1: este adaptador de host admite allow_lun_scan."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-05 02:29+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -1705,107 +1705,115 @@
 
 #. translators: progress finished
 #. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:293
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminado"
 
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:186
+msgid ""
+"Cups is required by samba for printing to \n"
+"work correctly. Do you wish to disable printing?\n"
+"Note: To reenable printing you will need to \n"
+"manually enable the \"printers\" share and install cups."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Samba-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:263
 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration"
 msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor Samba"
 
 #. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268
 msgid "Write global settings"
 msgstr "Escribir configuración global"
 
 #. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270
 msgid "Disable Samba services"
 msgstr "Desactivar los servicios Samba"
 
 #. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:272
 msgid "Enable Samba services"
 msgstr "Activar los servicios Samba"
 
 #. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:274
 msgid "Write back-end settings"
 msgstr "Escribir ajustes de sistema de apoyo"
 
 #. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:276
 msgid "Write Samba accounts"
 msgstr "Escribir cuentas de Samba"
 
 #. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:278
 msgid "Save firewall settings"
 msgstr "Guardar la configuración del cortafuegos"
 
 #. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281
 msgid "Writing global settings..."
 msgstr "Escribiendo ajustes globales..."
 
 #. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283
 msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
 msgstr "Desactivando los servicios Samba..."
 
 #. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285
 msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
 msgstr "Activando los servicios Samba..."
 
 #. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:287
 msgid "Writing back-end settings..."
 msgstr "Escribiendo ajustes del sistema de apoyo..."
 
 #. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:289
 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..."
 msgstr "Escribiendo cuentas de Samba..."
 
 #. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:291
 msgid "Saving firewall settings..."
 msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cortafuegos..."
 
 #. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:317
 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf."
 msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración en /etc/samba/smb.conf."
 
 #. summary item: configured workgroup/domain
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:414
 msgid "Global Configuration:"
 msgstr "Configuración global:"
 
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:416
 #, perl-format
 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s"
 msgstr "Grupo de trabajo o dominio: %s"
 
 #. summary item: selected role for the samba server
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:420
 #, perl-format
 msgid "Role: %s"
 msgstr "Función: %s"
 
 #. summary item: status of the samba service
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:423
 msgid "Samba server is disabled"
 msgstr "El servidor Samba está deshabilitado"
 
 #. summary heading: configured shares
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:427
 msgid "Share Configuration:"
 msgstr "Configuración compartida:"
 
 #. summary item: no configured shares
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:433
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Ninguno"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-04 02:29+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
 #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2235
 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
 msgstr "No ha sido posible desactivar %1."
 
@@ -963,7 +963,7 @@
 #. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment
 #. to display an error message where
 #. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:353
 msgid ""
 "The error message is:\n"
 "\n"
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@
 
 #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:375
 msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1."
 msgstr "No es posible determinar la versión del paquete %1."
 
@@ -985,7 +985,7 @@
 #. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
 #. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
 #. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:397
 msgid ""
 "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n"
 "The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n"
@@ -1019,12 +1019,12 @@
 
 #. Is the package available to be installed?
 #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:440
 msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available."
 msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no se encuentra disponible ningún repositorio de paquetes."
 
 #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:455
 msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
 msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no está disponible en el repositorio."
 
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@
 #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
 #. or this error does not happen on a normal system
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:474
 msgid "Failed to install required package %1."
 msgstr "No ha sido posible instalar el paquete requerido %1."
 
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@
 #. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
 #. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver.
 #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:495
 msgid ""
 "Failed to determine the active scanners.\n"
 "If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n"
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
 #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined.
 #. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:517
 msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners."
 msgstr "No ha sido posible determinar los escáneres activos."
 
@@ -1072,8 +1072,8 @@
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
 #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:531 src/modules/Scanner.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:648 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2474
 msgid "File %1 does not exist."
 msgstr "El archivo %1 no existe."
 
@@ -1085,8 +1085,8 @@
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
 #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:551 src/modules/Scanner.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:668 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2494
 msgid "Failed to read %1."
 msgstr "No es posible leer %1."
 
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
 #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined.
 #. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:575
 msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers."
 msgstr "No ha sido posible determinar los controladores activos."
 
@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
 #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected.
 #. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:634
 msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically."
 msgstr "No es posible detectar los escáneres automáticamente."
 
@@ -1114,53 +1114,53 @@
 #. - Determine active backends
 #. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners
 #. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:764
 msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
 msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del escáner"
 
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:768
 msgid "Check installed packages"
 msgstr "Comprobar los paquetes instalados"
 
 #. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770
 msgid "Read or create the scanner database"
 msgstr "Leer o crear la base de datos de escáneres"
 
 #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
 #. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
 msgid "Determine active scanners"
 msgstr "Determinar escáneres activos"
 
 #. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774
 msgid "Determine active drivers"
 msgstr "Determinar controladores activos"
 
 #. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776
 msgid "Detect scanners"
 msgstr "Detectar escáneres"
 
 #. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:779
 msgid "Checking installed packages..."
 msgstr "Comprobando los paquetes instalados..."
 
 #. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781
 msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..."
 msgstr "Leyendo o creando la base de datos de escáneres..."
 
 #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
 #. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
 msgid "Determining active scanners..."
 msgstr "Determinando los escáneres activos..."
 
 #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785
 msgid "Determining active drivers..."
 msgstr "Determinando los controladores activos..."
 
@@ -1169,49 +1169,49 @@
 #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
 #. Busy message:
 #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 src/modules/Scanner.rb:999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1068
 msgid "Detecting scanners..."
 msgstr "Detectando escáneres..."
 
 #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
 #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
 #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminado"
 
 #. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database):
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:857
 msgid "Creating scanner database..."
 msgstr "Creando base de datos de escáneres..."
 
 #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:891
 msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database."
 msgstr "Cancelando: no ha sido posible crear la base de datos de escáneres."
 
 #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:931
 msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1."
 msgstr "Cancelando: no ha sido posible leer %1."
 
 #. Write scanner settings:
 #. - Save the actual environment
 #. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1021
 msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration"
 msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del escáner"
 
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1024
 msgid "Save the actual environment"
 msgstr "Guardar el entorno actual"
 
 #. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026
 msgid "Saving the actual environment..."
 msgstr "Guardando el entorno actual..."
 
@@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@
 #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
 #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
 #. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1086
 msgid ""
 "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
 "It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n"
@@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@
 
 #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
 #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1097
 msgid ""
 "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.  \n"
 "This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n"
@@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@
 #. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed.
 #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
 #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1109
 msgid ""
 "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n"
 "Should the hplip package be installed?\n"
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@
 
 #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
 #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1115
 msgid ""
 "Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
 "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@
 
 #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
 #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1123
 msgid ""
 "Launched hp-setup.\n"
 "You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n"
@@ -1288,25 +1288,25 @@
 
 #. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column
 #. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1294
 msgid "Not Configured:"
 msgstr "Sin configurar:"
 
 #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
 #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1324 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2216
 msgid "Unknown device"
 msgstr "Dispositivo desconocido"
 
 #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
 #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1330 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2204
 msgid "Unknown manufacturer"
 msgstr "Fabricante desconocido"
 
 #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
 #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1333 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2210
 msgid "Unknown model"
 msgstr "Modelo desconocido"
 
@@ -1317,14 +1317,14 @@
 #. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
 #. %2 will be replaced by the model name
 #. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1358 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2199
 msgid "%1 %2 at %3"
 msgstr "%1 %2 en %3"
 
 #. A suffix for the second column of a table
 #. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column
 #. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1400
 msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver"
 msgstr "Este controlador no ha reconocido ningún escáner"
 
@@ -1332,12 +1332,12 @@
 #. when neither a scanner was autodetected
 #. nor an active scanner was found
 #. nor an active driver was found:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1424
 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists."
 msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún escáner y no existe ningún escáner ni controlador activo."
 
 #. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1453
 msgid "Firmware upload required."
 msgstr "Es necesario cargar el firmware."
 
@@ -1346,79 +1346,79 @@
 #. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
 #. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
 #. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1459
 msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required."
 msgstr "Es necesario el software controlador Image Scan de terceros de Epson/Avasys."
 
 #. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name
 #. which provides the driver for the particular model:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1525
 msgid "Package %1"
 msgstr "Paquete %1"
 
 #. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
 #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1546
 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality."
 msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento puede proporcionar una buena funcionalidad."
 
 #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1552
 msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality."
 msgstr "El controlador %1 debería proporcionar una buena funcionalidad."
 
 #. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1559
 msgid "This scanner is not supported."
 msgstr "Este escáner no es compatible."
 
 #. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver:
 #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1564
 msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1."
 msgstr "Este escáner no es compatible por el controlador %1."
 
 #. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
 #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1574
 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality."
 msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar todas las funcionalidades."
 
 #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1582
 msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality."
 msgstr "El controlador %1 debería proporcionar todas las funcionalidades."
 
 #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1590
 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested."
 msgstr "Es posible que el controlador %1 funcione, pero no se ha probado."
 
 #. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
 #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1599
 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality."
 msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar funcionalidades básicas."
 
 #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1607
 msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality."
 msgstr "El controlador %1 debería proporcionar funcionalidades básicas."
 
 #. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
 #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1617
 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality."
 msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría ofrecer funcionalidades mínimas."
 
 #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1625
 msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality."
 msgstr "El controlador %1 debería proporcionar funcionalidades mínimas."
 
 #. which are listed but without a known support status:
 #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1633
 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown."
 msgstr "Es posible que el controlador %1 funcione, pero se desconoce con qué funcionalidad."
 
@@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@
 #. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only
 #. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
 #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1884
 msgid ""
 "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n"
 "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n"
@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@
 #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver.
 #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
 #. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1903
 msgid ""
 "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
 "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@
 #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
 #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
 #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1915
 msgid ""
 "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
 "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
@@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@
 #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
 #. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
 #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1938
 msgid ""
 "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n"
 "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1535,51 +1535,51 @@
 "También puede continuar y cambiar la configuración de la impresora para que use el servicio ptal.\n"
 
 #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1974
 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1"
 msgstr "Configurando el controlador %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1978
 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
 msgstr "Comprobar si se deben instalar paquetes adicionales"
 
 #. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
 msgstr "Comprobar si es necesario cargar el firmware"
 
 #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
 msgstr "Probar y configurar requisitos especiales para controladores concretos"
 
 #. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
 msgid "Activate the driver"
 msgstr "Activar el controlador"
 
 #. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1989
 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
 msgstr "Comprobando si se deben instalar paquetes adicionales..."
 
 #. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
 msgstr "Comprobando si es necesario cargar el firmware..."
 
 #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
 msgstr "Probando y configurando requisitos especiales para controladores concretos..."
 
 #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997
 msgid "Activating the driver..."
 msgstr "Activando el controlador..."
 
 #. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2018
 msgid "Required Package Not Installed"
 msgstr "Paquete requerido no instalado"
 
@@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@
 #. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
 #. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
 #. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026
 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
 msgstr "El controlador %1 requiere el paquete %2."
 
@@ -1597,9 +1597,8 @@
 #. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system.
 #. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
 #. Activate the backend via bash script:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2032 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2073
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2106 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2117
 msgid "Aborted"
 msgstr "Abortado"
 
@@ -1611,7 +1610,7 @@
 #. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
 #. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
 #. Otherwise skip this section.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2052
 msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
 msgstr "Se requiere cargar el firmware"
 
@@ -1620,19 +1619,12 @@
 #. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
 #. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
 #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2096
 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
 msgstr "Si el servicio ptal no se está ejecutando, el escáner no funcionará."
 
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
-msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
-msgstr "Error al configurar el sistema PTAL."
-
 #. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2191
 msgid ""
 "The following scanners use the same driver.\n"
 "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:"
@@ -1647,49 +1639,49 @@
 #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
 #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
 #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2259
 msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
 msgstr "El controlador hpoj está desactivado, pero el servicio asociado ptal no lo está porque el sistema de impresión CUPS lo requiere."
 
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
 #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2274
 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service."
 msgstr "No es posible detener el servicio ptal."
 
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
 #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service."
 msgstr "No es posible inhabilitar el servicio ptal."
 
 #. If there is no active scanner for the backend
 #. then show a message but exit successfully because
 #. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2344
 msgid "No Scanner for %1"
 msgstr "No hay escáner para %1"
 
 #. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
 #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2346
 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
 msgstr "No es posible hacer una prueba sin un escáner activo correspondiente."
 
 #. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2361
 msgid "&Scanner to Test"
 msgstr "Probar e&scáner"
 
 #. Test the device:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2383
 msgid "Testing %1"
 msgstr "Probando %1"
 
 #. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
 #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier.
 #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2386
 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
 msgstr "Probando con scanimage -d %1 -v..."
 
@@ -1697,7 +1689,7 @@
 #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
 #. which are usually only available in English.
 #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2398
 msgid ""
 "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n"
 "The results are:\n"
@@ -1711,7 +1703,7 @@
 
 #. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
 #. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441
 msgid "(no results available)"
 msgstr "(resultados no disponibles)"
 
@@ -1721,7 +1713,7 @@
 #. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
 #. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected.
 #. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
 msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
 msgstr "%1 probado con éxito"
 
@@ -1729,7 +1721,7 @@
 #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
 #. which are usually only available in English.
 #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430
 msgid ""
 "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n"
 "The results are:\n"
@@ -1745,7 +1737,7 @@
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
 #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured.
 #. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2460
 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
 msgstr "No ha sido posible determinar la configuración para escanear en red."
 
@@ -1753,7 +1745,7 @@
 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
 #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up.
 #. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2536
 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network."
 msgstr "No ha sido posible configurar el escaneo en red."
 
@@ -1768,11 +1760,14 @@
 #. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
 #. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
 #. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2564
 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network."
 msgstr "Compruebe que el cortafuegos permite el escaneo en red."
 
 #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2566
 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
 msgstr "Para obtener más información sobre el cortafuegos, consulte el texto de ayuda de este recuadro de diálogo."
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
+#~ msgstr "Error al configurar el sistema PTAL."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/smt.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/smt.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/smt.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: smt\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-04 17:26+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-22 12:57+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -646,6 +646,19 @@
 msgid "Writing patches..."
 msgstr "Escribiendo parches..."
 
+#. bnc #390085
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Database &Password"
+msgid "Database Password for %1 User"
+msgstr "Contraseña de la &base de datos"
+
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1137
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "P&assword for user (again)"
+msgid "Database Password for %1 User Once Again"
+msgstr "Contr&aseña para el usuario (de nuevo)"
+
 #. TRANSLATORS: error report
 #: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1167 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1130
 msgid "The first and the second password do not match."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-03 01:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
 msgid "List partitions"
 msgstr "Mostrar particiones"
 
-#. Title for dialogue
+#. Title for dialog
 #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76
 msgid "Suggested Partitioning"
 msgstr "Propuesta de particionamiento"
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 
 #. popup text
 #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115
 msgid ""
 "No automatic proposal possible.\n"
 "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -97,16 +97,14 @@
 "Introduzca manualmente los puntos de montaje en el diálogo del 'Particionador'."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: button text
-#. this is the resize case
-#.
-#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
+#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings")
+#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml.
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500
 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
 msgstr "Editar configuración de propuesta"
 
 #. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -118,7 +116,7 @@
 
 #. help text continued
 #. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -133,7 +131,7 @@
 "de diálogo de particionamiento en modo experto.</p>\n"
 
 #. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -153,25 +151,25 @@
 
 #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
 #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233
 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
 msgstr "No es posible crear la propuesta pedida."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239
 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
 msgstr "No hay sufuciente espacio disponible para proponer instantáneas para el volumen raíz."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
 msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente disponible para proponer una partición /home independiente."
 
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284
 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
 msgstr "No hay nada asignado como sistema de archivos raíz. No es posible continuar."
 
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305
 msgid ""
 "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
 "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -636,12 +634,12 @@
 #. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection
 #. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut)
 #. anyway
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116
 msgid "Available &Disks"
 msgstr "&Discos disponibles"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150
 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)"
 msgstr "Parti&cionamiento personalizado (para expertos)"
 
@@ -649,13 +647,13 @@
 #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
 #. installation target
 #. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162
 msgid "Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Disco duro"
 
 #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
 #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173
 msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
 msgstr "No se han encontrado discos. Pruebe con el CD de actualización, si está disponible, para la instalación."
 
@@ -664,7 +662,7 @@
 #. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to
 #. do while the following locale is the help description
 #. help part 1 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -677,7 +675,7 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. help part 2 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n"
@@ -688,7 +686,7 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. help part 3 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "<p>\n"
@@ -707,7 +705,7 @@
 #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
 #. Information what to do, background information
 #. Information what to do, background information
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216
 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244
 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302
 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk"
@@ -715,14 +713,24 @@
 
 #. there is a selection from which one option must be
 #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269
 msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
 msgstr "Seleccione alguna de las opciones para continuar."
 
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295
 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2"
 msgstr "El disco %1 está siendo utilizado por %2"
 
+#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352
+msgid ""
+"This is for experts only.\n"
+"You might lose support if you use this!\n"
+"\n"
+"Please refer to the manual to make sure your custom\n"
+"partitioning meets the requirements of this product."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. encoding: utf-8
 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
 #.
@@ -780,19 +788,35 @@
 #. See also file proposal-API.txt for details.
 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93
 msgid ""
+"No snapshots possible.\n"
+"Please use larger root partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+msgid ""
 "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n"
 "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly."
 msgstr ""
 "No se formateará la partición /home. Después de la instalación,\n"
 "verifique que los permisos de los directorios personales sean los adecuados."
 
+#. A custom configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr "Personalizada"
+
+#. A standard configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Standard"
+msgstr "Estándar"
+
 #. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239
 msgid "Partitioning"
 msgstr "Particionamiento"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241
 msgid "&Partitioning"
 msgstr "&Particionando"
 
@@ -961,7 +985,7 @@
 #. Label text
 #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295
 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
 msgstr "Proponer partición Ho&me independiente"
 
@@ -979,7 +1003,7 @@
 msgstr "Tipo de propuesta"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248
 msgid ""
 "You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
 "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -994,7 +1018,7 @@
 "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261
 msgid ""
 "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
 "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1009,7 +1033,7 @@
 "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274
 msgid ""
 "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
 "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1024,7 +1048,7 @@
 "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288
 msgid ""
 "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
 "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1040,7 +1064,7 @@
 
 #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
 #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302
 msgid ""
 "Warning:\n"
 "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n"
@@ -1057,7 +1081,7 @@
 "¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?\n"
 
 #. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318
 msgid ""
 "Warning:\n"
 "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1078,13 +1102,20 @@
 "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n"
 
 #. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning:\n"
+#| "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
+#| "We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really keep this size of boot partition?\n"
 msgid ""
 "Warning:\n"
 "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
 "We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n"
 "\n"
-"Really keep this size of boot partition?\n"
+"Really keep this size of the boot partition?\n"
 msgstr ""
 "Advertencia:\n"
 "la partición de arranque es menor de %1.\n"
@@ -1093,7 +1124,7 @@
 "¿Seguro que desea mantener el tamaño de la partición de arranque?\n"
 
 #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355
 msgid ""
 "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
 "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1110,7 +1141,7 @@
 #. popup text
 #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
 #. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375
 msgid ""
 "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
 "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -1129,7 +1160,7 @@
 "¿Seguro que desea usar la configuración sin una partición /boot?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395
 msgid ""
 "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
 "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1149,7 +1180,7 @@
 "\n"
 "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421
 msgid ""
 "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
 "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1162,7 +1193,7 @@
 "¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441
 msgid ""
 "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
 "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -1179,7 +1210,7 @@
 "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459
 msgid ""
 "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
 "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
@@ -1204,7 +1235,7 @@
 "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481
 msgid ""
 "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
 "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1229,12 +1260,12 @@
 "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
 msgid "Really use this setup?"
 msgstr "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -1255,7 +1286,7 @@
 "¿Seguro que desea utilizar la configuración sin una partición de intercambio?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1268,7 +1299,7 @@
 "sobre todo en estos casos:\n"
 
 #. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535
 msgid ""
 "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
 "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1281,7 +1312,7 @@
 "- si esta partición todavía no contiene un sistema de archivos\n"
 
 #. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
 msgid ""
 "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
 "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
@@ -1292,7 +1323,7 @@
 "estándar, como /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n"
 
 #. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1303,7 +1334,7 @@
 "¿Desea mantener la partición sin formatear?\n"
 
 #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609
 msgid ""
 "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
 "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1312,7 +1343,7 @@
 "Elimínelo de RAID antes de editarlo.\n"
 
 #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620
 msgid ""
 "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
 "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1321,7 +1352,7 @@
 "Elimínelo del grupo de volúmenes antes de editarlo.\n"
 
 #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630
 msgid ""
 "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
 "Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1330,7 +1361,7 @@
 "Elimine el volumen antes de editar el dispositivo.\n"
 
 #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663
 msgid ""
 "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
 "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1339,7 +1370,7 @@
 "Elimínelo de RAID antes de suprimirlo.\n"
 
 #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674
 msgid ""
 "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
 "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1347,12 +1378,12 @@
 "%1 está utilizando el dispositivo (%2).\n"
 "Elimine %1 antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686
 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
 msgstr "No puede suprimirse mientras está montado."
 
 #. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722
 msgid ""
 "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
 "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1361,7 +1392,7 @@
 "hay otra partición lógica en uso con un número superior.\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798
 msgid ""
 "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
 "%1\n"
@@ -1374,7 +1405,7 @@
 "Seleccione Cancelar a menos que sepa exactamente lo que está haciendo.\n"
 
 #. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1387,7 +1418,7 @@
 "asignada a un grupo de volúmenes. Elimine primero todas las particiones de su(s) respectivo(s) grupo(s) de volúmenes antes de suprimir la partición extendida.\n"
 
 #. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1401,7 +1432,7 @@
 "de sus respectivos sistemas RAID antes de suprimir la partición extendida.\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1413,6 +1444,30 @@
 "que está en uso. Elimine el volumen usado antes\n"
 "de suprimir la partición extendida.\n"
 
+#. popup text, %1 is a size
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning:\n"
+#| "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
+#| "We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really keep this size of boot partition?\n"
+msgid ""
+"Warning:\n"
+"\n"
+"Your root partition is very small for snapshots.\n"
+"We recommend to increase the size of the root partition\n"
+"to %1 or more or to disable snapshots.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really keep the current setup?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Advertencia:\n"
+"la partición de arranque es menor de %1.\n"
+"Se recomienda aumentar el tamaño de /boot.\n"
+"\n"
+"¿Seguro que desea mantener el tamaño de la partición de arranque?\n"
+
 #. heading text
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70
 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System."
@@ -1420,13 +1475,13 @@
 
 #. label text
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423
 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
 msgstr "No olvide lo que escriba aquí."
 
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808
 msgid "Empty password allowed."
 msgstr "Se permite una contraseña vacía."
 
@@ -1455,7 +1510,7 @@
 #. Label: get password for user root
 #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833
 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
 msgstr "Introdu&zca una contraseña para el sistema de archivos:"
 
@@ -1466,7 +1521,7 @@
 #. Label: get same password again for verification
 #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
 msgstr "Vuelva a introducir la contraseña para &verificarla:"
 
@@ -1489,7 +1544,7 @@
 #. popup text
 #. popup text
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
 msgid ""
 "You did not enter a password.\n"
 "Try again.\n"
@@ -1500,7 +1555,7 @@
 #. popup text
 #. popup text
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
 msgid ""
 "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
 "Try again.\n"
@@ -1620,47 +1675,54 @@
 msgstr "&Sistema de archivos"
 
 #. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059
 msgid "O&ptions..."
 msgstr "&Opciones..."
 
+#. Translators: checkbox text
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276
+msgid "Enable Snapshots"
+msgstr "Habilitar instantáneas"
+
 #. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084
 msgid "&Encrypt Device"
 msgstr "&Cifrar dispositivo"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159
 msgid "File system &ID:"
 msgstr "&ID del sistema de archivos:"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191
 msgid "Format"
 msgstr "Formato"
 
 #. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201
 msgid "Do ¬ format"
 msgstr "&No formatear"
 
 #. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211
 msgid "&Format"
 msgstr "&Formatear"
 
 #. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264
 msgid "Fs&tab Options"
 msgstr "Opciones Fs&tab"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271
 msgid "&Mount Point"
 msgstr "Punto de &montaje"
 
 #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n"
@@ -1685,7 +1747,7 @@
 "¿Desea continuar?\n"
 
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1696,7 +1758,7 @@
 "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 y reiser permiten reducir un sistema de archivos."
 
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1707,21 +1769,21 @@
 "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 y reiser permiten reducir un sistema de archivos."
 
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331
 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition."
 msgstr "Si reduce esta partición puede producirse una pérdida de datos."
 
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337
 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume."
 msgstr "Si reduce este volumen lógico puede producirse una pérdida de datos."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341
 msgid "Continue?"
 msgstr "¿Desea continuar?"
 
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1732,7 +1794,7 @@
 "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de archivos."
 
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1742,20 +1804,20 @@
 "YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos del volumen lógico seleccionado.\n"
 "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de archivos."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372
 msgid "Continue resizing?"
 msgstr "¿Desea proceder con el cambio de tamaño?"
 
 #. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389
 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it."
 msgstr "Ha reducido una partición que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391
 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it."
 msgstr "Ha reducido un volumen lógico que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n"
@@ -1770,7 +1832,7 @@
 "¿Desea reducir el sistema de archivos?"
 
 #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452
 msgid ""
 "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
 "%1\n"
@@ -1783,7 +1845,7 @@
 "Seleccione Cancelar a menos que sepa exactamente qué está haciendo.\n"
 
 #. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1798,7 +1860,7 @@
 "antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n"
 
 #. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1813,7 +1875,7 @@
 "de suprimir el dispositivo.\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1826,47 +1888,40 @@
 "antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558
 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
 msgstr "<p>Crear y eliminar subvolúmenes de un sistema de archivos BtrFS.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563
 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Habilitar instantáneas automáticas para un sistema de archivos BtrFS con Snapper.</p>"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577
 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:"
 msgstr "Subvolúmenes existentes:"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583
 msgid "New Subvolume"
 msgstr "Nuevo subvolumen"
 
 #. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589
 msgid "Add new"
 msgstr "Añadir nuevo"
 
 #. button text
 #. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595
 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147
 msgid "Remove"
 msgstr "Eliminar"
 
-#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
-msgid "Enable Snapshots"
-msgstr "Habilitar instantáneas"
-
 #. heading text
 #. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386
 msgid "Subvolume Handling"
 msgstr "Manejo de subvolúmenes"
 
@@ -1886,7 +1941,7 @@
 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
 msgstr "El nombre de subvolumen %1 ya existe."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702
 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
 msgstr "Las modificaciones realizadas en el cuadro de dialogo se perderán."
 
@@ -1929,7 +1984,7 @@
 
 #. helptext
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1948,7 +2003,7 @@
 #. help text, continued
 #. helptext
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
@@ -1967,7 +2022,7 @@
 #. help text, continued
 #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
@@ -1999,7 +2054,7 @@
 #. help text, continued
 #. helptext
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2070,17 +2125,17 @@
 "Debe marcar todas las particiones del disco para eliminarlas.\n"
 
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50
 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n"
 msgstr "No puede usar el punto de montaje \"%1\" para LVM.\n"
 
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77
 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID."
 msgstr "No puede usar el punto de montaje \"%1\" para RAID."
 
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96
 msgid ""
 "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n"
 "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n"
@@ -2097,21 +2152,8 @@
 "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n"
 
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138
 msgid ""
-"You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n"
-"with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
-"/var\".  This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n"
-"nonloopbacked file system.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Ha asignado un sistema de archivos cifrado a una partición\n"
-"con uno de los siguientes puntos de montaje: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\" o\n"
-" /var\",  lo cual no está permitido. Cambie el punto de montaje o use un\n"
-"sistema de archivos sin retrobucle.\n"
-
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158
-msgid ""
 "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n"
 "may contain files that need to be executable.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -2130,28 +2172,28 @@
 #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap
 #. @param mount mount point
 #. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185
 msgid "Mount point must not be empty."
 msgstr "El punto de montaje no debe estar vacío."
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190
 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point."
 msgstr "Los dispositivos de intercambio deben tener como punto de montaje swap."
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194
 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point."
 msgstr "Sólo los dispositivos de intercambio pueden tener como punto de montaje swap."
 
 #. && mount!="swap" )
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209
 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one."
 msgstr "El punto de montaje ya está en uso. Por favor elija otro diferente."
 
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219
 msgid ""
 "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
 "This is not possible."
@@ -2160,12 +2202,12 @@
 "para sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)."
 
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228
 msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
 msgstr "Carácter no válido en el punto de montaje. No utilice \"`'!%#\" en un punto de montaje."
 
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237
 msgid ""
 "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n"
 "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n"
@@ -2176,12 +2218,12 @@
 "/var/adm/mnt\n"
 
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246
 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" "
 msgstr "El punto de montaje debe comenzar con \"/\""
 
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252
 msgid ""
 "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n"
 "to a device without a swap file system."
@@ -2190,17 +2232,23 @@
 "montaje a un dispositivo sin un sistema de archivos de intercambio."
 
 #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299
+#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB)
+#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n"
+#| "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n"
 msgid ""
 "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n"
-"The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n"
+"The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n"
+"The minimum size for this file system is %3.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "La partición es demasiado pequeña para utilizar %1.\n"
 "El tamaño mínimo para este sistema de archivos es de %2.\n"
 
 #. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346
 msgid ""
 "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n"
 "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system."
@@ -2209,7 +2257,7 @@
 "a un dispositivo que no existe o con un sistema de archivos desconocido."
 
 #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "WARNING:\n"
@@ -2233,12 +2281,12 @@
 
 #. //////////////////////////////////////////////
 #. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007
 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
 msgstr "El sistema de archivos está montado actualmente en %1."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985
 msgid ""
 "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
 "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2248,12 +2296,12 @@
 
 #. button text
 #. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
 msgid "Unmount"
 msgstr "Desmontar"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012
 msgid ""
 "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
 "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2261,15 +2309,15 @@
 "Puede intentar desmontar ahora o cancelar.\n"
 "Haga clic en Cancelar si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058
 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
 msgstr "No es posible reducir el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071
 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
 msgstr "No es posible ampliar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082
 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
 msgstr "No es posible cambiar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado."
 
@@ -2751,47 +2799,47 @@
 "montarse e introduzca el punto de montaje (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
 
 #. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336
 msgid "Formatting Options"
 msgstr "Opciones de formato"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
 msgid "Format partition"
 msgstr "Dar formato a la partición"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355
 msgid "Do not format partition"
 msgstr "No dar formato a la partición"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
 msgid "Do not mount partition"
 msgstr "No montar la partición"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390
 msgid "Mounting Options"
 msgstr "Opciones de montaje"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398
 msgid "Mount partition"
 msgstr "Montar la partición"
 
 #. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
 msgid "Mount Point"
 msgstr "Punto de montaje"
 
 #. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411
 msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
 msgstr "Opciones Fs&tab..."
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595
 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
 msgstr "Los archivos crypt deben estar cifrados."
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606
 msgid ""
 "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
 "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2804,17 +2852,17 @@
 "Debe seleccionar además la opción de formato.\n"
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622
 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
 msgstr "Los archivos crypt necesitan un punto de montaje."
 
 #. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636
 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
 msgstr "Tmpfs requiere un punto de montaje."
 
 #. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2829,7 +2877,7 @@
 "</p>"
 
 #. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2843,21 +2891,21 @@
 "(suspensión a disco).\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803
 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
 msgstr "Se perderán todos los datos almacenados en el volumen."
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826
 msgid "Password"
 msgstr "Contraseña"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923
 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
 msgstr "El dispositivo subyacente no admite el cambio de tamaño."
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2867,7 +2915,7 @@
 "No es posible cambiar el tamaño de la partición seleccionada porque el sistema de archivos\n"
 "de esta partición no admite el cambio de tamaño.\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952
 msgid ""
 "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
 "can be resized while it is mounted."
@@ -2876,7 +2924,7 @@
 "puede cambiarse de tamaño mientras está montado."
 
 #. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971
 msgid ""
 "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
 "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -2885,21 +2933,21 @@
 "porque parece que el sistema de archivos no es coherente.\n"
 
 #. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998
 msgid "Resize Partition %1"
 msgstr "Cambiar tamaño de partición %1"
 
 #. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019
 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
 msgstr "Cambiar el tamaño del volumen lógico %1"
 
 #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051
 msgid "Current size: %1"
 msgstr "Tamaño actual: %1"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063
 msgid "Currently used: %1"
 msgstr "Usado actualmente: %1"
 
@@ -2907,8 +2955,8 @@
 #. input field label
 #. combo box label
 #. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2920,33 +2968,33 @@
 
 #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
 #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
 msgstr "Tamaño máximo (%1)"
 
 #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096
 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
 msgstr "Tamaño mínimo (%1)"
 
 #. radio button text
 #. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
 msgid "Custom Size"
 msgstr "Tamaño personalizado"
 
 #. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139
 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Seleccione un nuevo tamaño.</p>"
 
 #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
 #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2956,7 +3004,7 @@
 #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
 #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
 #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233
 msgid ""
 "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
 "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2969,12 +3017,12 @@
 "la velocidad del proceso."
 
 #. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309
 msgid "Output of %1"
 msgstr "Salida de %1"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336
 msgid "Rescanning disks..."
 msgstr "Releyendo discos..."
 
@@ -3235,7 +3283,7 @@
 
 #. error popup
 #. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5221
 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
 msgstr "El disco está en uso y no se puede modificar."
 
@@ -5272,12 +5320,12 @@
 msgstr "Archivo de patrones"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289
 msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
 msgstr "Tamaño Tmpf&s"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298
 msgid ""
 "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
 "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
@@ -5285,12 +5333,12 @@
 "Tamaño indicado no válido. Utilice un número seguido por K, M, G o %.\n"
 "El valor debe ser mayor que 100 k o estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo."
 
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301
 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
 msgstr "El valor debe estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo."
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
 "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
@@ -5301,17 +5349,17 @@
 "como un número seguido de un signo de porcentaje, lo que significa un porcentaje de la memoria.</p>"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322
 msgid "Swap &Priority"
 msgstr "&Prioridad de intercambio"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330
 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
 msgstr "El valor debe estar entre 0 y 32767. Por favor inténtelo de nuevo."
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
 "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
@@ -5320,12 +5368,12 @@
 "Introduzca la prioridad de intercambio. Cuanto más alto sea el número, mayor la prioridad.</p>\n"
 
 #. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494
 msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
 msgstr "Monta&r solo lectura"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
 "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
@@ -5336,12 +5384,12 @@
 "el sistema de archivos se monta siempre en modo lectura-escritura.</p>"
 
 #. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510
 msgid "No &Access Time"
 msgstr "Sin hora de &acceso"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
 "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5350,12 +5398,12 @@
 "La hora del acceso no se actualiza cuando se lee un archivo. La opción por defecto es false.</p>\n"
 
 #. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524
 msgid "Mountable by User"
 msgstr "El usuario puede montarla"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
 "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5364,12 +5412,12 @@
 "El sistema de archivos puede ser montado por un usuario normal. La opción por defecto es 'false'.</p>\n"
 
 #. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541
 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
 msgstr "No montar durante el &inicio del sistema"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
 "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
@@ -5384,12 +5432,12 @@
 "(<punto_montaje> es el directorio en el que se monta el sistema de archivos). La opción por defecto es false.</p>\n"
 
 #. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564
 msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
 msgstr "Habilitar uso de &cuotas de disco"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
 "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -5400,12 +5448,12 @@
 "Por defecto, esta opción está desactivada (false)</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589
 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
 msgstr "Modo &transaccional de datos"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
 "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
@@ -5424,12 +5472,12 @@
 "<tt>writeback</tt> -- Las peticiones de datos no se conservan. Sin impacto en el rendimiento.</p>\n"
 
 #. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
 msgstr "Listas de control de &acceso (ACL)"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
 "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5438,12 +5486,12 @@
 "Habilita las listas de control de acceso en el sistema de archivos.</p>\n"
 
 #. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634
 msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
 msgstr "Atributos &extendidos de usuario"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
 "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5452,16 +5500,16 @@
 "Permite los atributos extendidos de usuario en el sistema de archivos.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655
 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
 msgstr "&Valor de opción arbitrario"
 
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660
 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
 msgstr "Caracteres no válidos en el valor de una opción arbitraria. No utilice espacios ni tabuladores. Inténtelo de nuevo."
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
 "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
@@ -5472,12 +5520,12 @@
 "Si introduce varias opciones, sepárelas mediante comas.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681
 msgid "Char&set for file names"
 msgstr "Conjunto de car&acteres para los nombres de archivos"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
 "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
@@ -5486,12 +5534,12 @@
 "Defina el conjunto de caracteres que se usará para mostrar los nombres de archivos en las particiones Windows.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713
 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
 msgstr "Página de có&digo para nombres FAT cortos"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
 "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
@@ -5500,12 +5548,12 @@
 "Esta página de código se usa para convertir a caracteres de nombres cortos en sistemas de archivos FAT.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
 msgid "Number of &FATs"
 msgstr "Número de &FATS"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
 "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
@@ -5514,12 +5562,12 @@
 "especifica el número de tablas de localización de archivos en el sistema de archivos. Por defecto toma el valor 2.</p>"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748
 msgid "FAT &Size"
 msgstr "Tamaño de &FAT"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
 "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
@@ -5528,17 +5576,17 @@
 "Especifica el tipo de tablas de asignación de archivos usado (12, 16 o 32 bits). Si se especifica la opción automática, YaST seleccionará automáticamente el valor más adecuado para el tamaño del sistema de archivos.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768
 msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
 msgstr "Entradas para el &directorio raíz"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
 msgstr "El tamaño mínimo para \"Entradas para el directorio raíz\" es de 112. Inténtelo de nuevo."
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
 "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
@@ -5547,12 +5595,12 @@
 "Permite seleccionar el número de entradas disponibles en el directorio raíz.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793
 msgid "Hash &Function"
 msgstr "&Función Hash"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
 "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
@@ -5561,12 +5609,12 @@
 "Especifica el nombre de la función hash que se utilizará para clasificar los nombres de archivos en los directorios.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809
 msgid "FS &Revision"
 msgstr "&Revisión del sistema de archivos"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
 "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
@@ -5576,12 +5624,12 @@
 
 #. label text
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993
 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
 msgstr "Tamaño del bloque en byte&s"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
 "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
@@ -5591,13 +5639,13 @@
 
 #. label text
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
 msgid "&Inode Size"
 msgstr "Tamaño de &inodo"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
 "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5606,12 +5654,12 @@
 "Esta opción especifica el tamaño de los inodos del sistema de archivos.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860
 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
 msgstr "&Porcentaje de espacio de inodos"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
 "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
@@ -5620,12 +5668,12 @@
 "Esta opción especifica el porcentaje máximo de espacio que se puede reservar para los inodos en el sistema de archivos.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897
 msgid "Inode &Aligned"
 msgstr "&Alineado de inodos"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
 "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
@@ -5638,12 +5686,12 @@
 "es normalmente más eficiente que el acceso desalineado.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933
 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
 msgstr "&Tamaño del registro en megabytes"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
 msgid ""
 "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
 "Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -5653,7 +5701,7 @@
 
 #. xgettext: no-c-format
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
 "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
@@ -5662,17 +5710,17 @@
 "Determina el tamaño del registro (en megabytes). Si se selecciona la opción automática, se utilizará por defecto el 40 % del tamaño agregado.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955
 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
 msgstr "Invocar &utilidad que lista bloques erróneos"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
 msgstr "&Longitud del segmento en bloques"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977
 msgid ""
 "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
 "Select a value greater than 1.\n"
@@ -5681,7 +5729,7 @@
 "Seleccione un valor mayor que 1.\n"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
 "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -5693,7 +5741,7 @@
 "es 'paso', en inglés 'stride', que toma como argumento el número de bloques en un listado RAID.</p>\n"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
 "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5702,12 +5750,12 @@
 "Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos de bloque son 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Si se selecciona la opción automática, el tamaño del bloque lo determina el tamaño del sistema de archivos y el uso estimado del mismo.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009
 msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
 msgstr "Bytes por &inodo"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
 "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -5728,12 +5776,12 @@
 "de archivos una vez que este se ha creado, asegúrese de introducir el valor correcto para este parámetro.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
 msgstr "Porcentaje de bloques &reservados para la raíz"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041
 msgid ""
 "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
 "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -5743,17 +5791,17 @@
 
 #. xgettext: no-c-format
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046
 msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
 msgstr "<p><b>Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz:</b> Especifica el porcentaje de bloques reservados para el superusuario. Por defecto se reserva 1 gigabyte. El límite superior para la reserva por defecto es de 5,0, el límite inferior es de 0,1.</p>"
 
 #. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055
 msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
 msgstr "Desactivar comprobaciones regulares"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
 "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
@@ -5762,12 +5810,12 @@
 "Desactiva las comprobaciones del sistema de archivos durante el arranque.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090
 msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
 msgstr "Función de ín&dice de directorio"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
 "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
@@ -5776,12 +5824,12 @@
 "Permite el uso de árboles B con la función hash para acelerar las búsquedas en directorios de gran tamaño.</p>\n"
 
 #. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109
 msgid "&No Journal"
 msgstr "&Sin respaldo de transacciones"
 
 #. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
 "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
@@ -5893,7 +5941,7 @@
 #. @param integer testsize
 #. @param [Symbol] used_fs
 #. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:989
 msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
 msgstr "Imposible cambiar de tamaño:"
 
@@ -5906,7 +5954,7 @@
 #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
 #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
 #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
 msgid ""
 "Could not set encryption.\n"
 "System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5919,7 +5967,7 @@
 "Puede que la contraseña de cifrado sea incorrecta.\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
 msgid ""
 "The first and the second version\n"
 "of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5930,7 +5978,7 @@
 "Inténtelo de nuevo."
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
 msgid ""
 "The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
 "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5942,24 +5990,24 @@
 
 #. Label: get password for encrypted volume
 #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
 msgstr "&Introduzca una contraseña de cifrado:"
 
 #. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
 msgid "Provide Password"
 msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
 msgstr "Los siguientes volúmenes cifrados ya están disponibles."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
 msgstr "Activación del volumen cifrado"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
 msgid ""
 "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
 "passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5971,12 +6019,12 @@
 "Es preciso conocer las contraseñas si los volúmenes son necesarios\n"
 "durante una actualización o si contienen un volumen físico LVM cifrado."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
 msgstr "¿Desea suministrar las contraseñas de cifrado?"
 
 #. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
 msgid ""
 "Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
 "devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5987,69 +6035,69 @@
 "La contraseña se probará en todos los dispositivos."
 
 #. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
 msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
 msgstr "Introducir la contraseña de cifrado"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
 msgstr "No hay volúmenes cifrados que desbloquear."
 
 #. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
 msgstr "Proporcione la contraseña para alguno de los dispositivos siguientes:"
 
 #. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
 msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
 msgstr "Proporcione la contraseña para el siguiente dispositivo:"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
 msgstr "Intentando desbloquear los volúmenes cifrados..."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
 msgstr "La contraseña no desbloquea ningún volumen."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
 msgid "IDE Disk"
 msgstr "Disco IDE"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
 msgid "SCSI Disk"
 msgstr "Disco SCSI"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
 msgid "Disk"
 msgstr "Disco"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
 msgid "DM RAID"
 msgstr "RAID DM"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
 msgid "MD RAID"
 msgstr "RAID MD"
 
 #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
 #. not provide anything
 #. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
 msgid "Installing required packages failed."
 msgstr "Error al instalar los paquetes requeridos."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
 msgid "Continue despite the error?"
 msgstr "¿Desea continuar a pesar del error?"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5233
 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
 msgstr "No es posible crear particiones, ya que se están usando otras particiones del disco."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5259
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6059,7 +6107,7 @@
 "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser modificado porque contiene una partición\n"
 "de intercambio activa que se necesita para la instalación.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5273
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6069,7 +6117,7 @@
 "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser modificado porque contiene información\n"
 "necesaria para la instalación.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6079,7 +6127,7 @@
 "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser eliminado porque contiene una\n"
 "partición de intercambio activa necesaria para la instalación.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5311
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6089,7 +6137,7 @@
 "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser eliminado porque contiene\n"
 "información necesaria para la instalación.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6101,7 +6149,7 @@
 "dispositivo %2, que contiene una participación de intercambio activada necesaria \n"
 "para la instalación.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5351
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6112,7 +6160,7 @@
 "dispositivo %2, que contiene información necesaria para la instalación.\n"
 
 #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5373
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6123,18 +6171,18 @@
 "otras particiones del disco %2.\n"
 
 #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5462
 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
 msgstr "No hay nada asignado para el sistema de archivos raíz."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5463
 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
 msgstr "Casi con certeza, la instalación sufrirá un error grave."
 
 #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
 #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
 #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6013
 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
 msgstr "Error al añadir los siguientes elementos de resolución: %1"
 
@@ -6788,31 +6836,31 @@
 
 #. bsc#983003
 #. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747
 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
 msgstr "No es posible cambiar el tamaño porque el sistema de archivos no es coherente. Compruebe el sistema de archivos desde Windows."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
 msgid "File System for Root Partition"
 msgstr "Sistema de archivos de la partición raíz"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
 msgid "File System for Home Partition"
 msgstr "Sistema de archivos de la partición de inicio"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327
 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
 msgstr "Aumentar tamaño de archivo de intercambio para &suspensión"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
 msgid "Proposal Settings"
 msgstr "Configuración de propuesta"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352
 msgid ""
 "<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
 "Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
@@ -6823,7 +6871,7 @@
 "cifrado</b> si desea que el sistema esté cifrado.</p>"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360
 msgid ""
 "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
 "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6836,7 +6884,7 @@
 "Esto también aumentará el tamaño de la partición raíz.</p>"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369
 msgid ""
 "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
 "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
@@ -6845,7 +6893,7 @@
 "de archivos de la partición de inicio se puede seleccionar con el cuadro de selección correspondiente.</p>"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376
 msgid ""
 "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
 "the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
@@ -6853,32 +6901,32 @@
 "<p>El tamaño de la partición de intercambio se puede aumentar lo suficiente\n"
 "como para que se pueda usar a fin de suspender el sistema en disco en la mayoría de los casos.</p>"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401
 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
 msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el cifrado propuesto."
 
 #. Label: get password for user root
 #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408
 msgid "Password:"
 msgstr "Contraseña:"
 
 #. Label: get same password again for verification
 #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419
 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
 msgstr "Vuelva a introducir la contraseña para verificarla:"
 
 #. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617
 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
 msgstr "&Propuesta basada en particiones"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619
 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
 msgstr "Propuesta basada en &LVM"
 
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621
 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
 msgstr "Propuesta basada en LVM &cifrado"
 
@@ -6924,3 +6972,14 @@
 #: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
 msgstr "Información visible en dispositivos de almacenamiento:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n"
+#~ "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
+#~ "/var\".  This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n"
+#~ "nonloopbacked file system.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ha asignado un sistema de archivos cifrado a una partición\n"
+#~ "con uno de los siguientes puntos de montaje: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\" o\n"
+#~ " /var\",  lo cual no está permitido. Cambie el punto de montaje o use un\n"
+#~ "sistema de archivos sin retrobucle.\n"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/update.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/update.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/update.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: update\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-31 02:31+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 02:29+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@
 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2006
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1445 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1451
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2009
 msgid "Unknown"
 msgstr "Desconocido"
 
@@ -658,19 +658,19 @@
 msgstr "&Omitir montaje"
 
 #. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1069
 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
 msgstr "Contraseña incorrecta. ¿Desea volver a intentarlo?"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1172
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Advertencia"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error message,
 #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
 #. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1177
 msgid ""
 "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
 "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@
 "¿Desea continuar actualizando el sistema actual?\n"
 
 #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1269
 msgid ""
 "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -708,27 +708,27 @@
 "Si desea abortar la actualización, haga clic en Cancelar.\n"
 
 #. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1287
 msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
 msgstr "&Especificar opciones de montaje"
 
 #. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
 msgid "Mount Options"
 msgstr "Opciones de montaje"
 
 #. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
 msgid "&Mount Point"
 msgstr "Punto de &Montaje"
 
 #. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1309
 msgid "&Device"
 msgstr "&Dispositivo"
 
 #. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1314
 msgid ""
 "&File System\n"
 "(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -737,12 +737,12 @@
 "(vacío para la detección automática)"
 
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1391
 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
 msgstr "No ha sido posible montar la partición /var %1.\n"
 
 #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1432
 msgid ""
 "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
 "<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -754,17 +754,17 @@
 "<b>ID de udev:</b> %5,<br>\n"
 "<b>Ruta de udev:</b> %6"
 
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1446
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Ninguno"
 
 #. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1469
 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
 msgstr "No se encuentra la partición /var automáticamente"
 
 #. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1474
 msgid ""
 "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
 "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -775,22 +775,22 @@
 "para continuar con el proceso de actualización."
 
 #. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1487
 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
 msgstr "&Seleccionar dispositivo de partición /var"
 
 #. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1493
 msgid "Device Info"
 msgstr "Información de dispositivo"
 
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1634
 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
 msgstr "No es posible montar la partición /var con esta configuración del disco.\n"
 
 #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1665
 msgid ""
 "Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
 #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
 #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
 #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1709
 msgid ""
 "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
 "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -816,37 +816,37 @@
 "sistema antiguo y cambiar el método de montaje por algún otro para todas las particiones."
 
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1727
 msgid "No fstab found."
 msgstr "No se ha encontrado fstab."
 
 #. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1752
 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
 msgstr "La partición raíz en /etc/fstab tiene un dispositivo raíz no válido.\n"
 
 #. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1757
 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
 msgstr "Está montado actualmente como %1 pero aparece en la lista como %2.\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1813
 msgid "before update"
 msgstr "antes de la actualización"
 
 #. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2134
 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
 msgstr "Evaluando partición raíz. Espere un momento..."
 
 #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2214
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2217
 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
 msgstr "Montando las particiones. Un momento por favor..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2229
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2232
 msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
 msgstr "Buscando sistemas disponibles"
 

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vm.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vm.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vm.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: vm\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 02:29+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 msgstr "Instalar Hypervisor y herramientas"
 
 #. progress step title
-#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69
+#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:70
 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
 msgstr "Configurando la máquina virtual..."
 

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 17:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -55,46 +55,46 @@
 msgstr "<p>Esta herramienta sólo admite actualmente la asignación de XPRAM a una partición. Para contar con varias particiones, consulte \"\"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\"\" (Controladores de dispositivos, funciones y comandos, 30 de noviembre de 2004) para el núcleo de Linux 2.6 (flujo de abril de 2004).</p><p>En este caso, inhabilite XPRAM en este módulo.</p>"
 
 #. help text for XPRAM 3/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:60
 msgid "<p>Choose the correct mount point for <b>Mount Point</b>.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Seleccione el punto de montaje correcto en la opción <b>Punto de montaje</b>.</p>"
 
 #. help text for XPRAM 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:62
 msgid "<p>Next, choose the file system to use on the device.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>A continuación, seleccione el sistema de archivos que se utilizará en el dispositivo.</p>"
 
 #. radio button label for to not start xpram
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:86
 msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM"
 msgstr "&No iniciar XPRAM"
 
 #. radio button label for to start xpram
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:95
 msgid "&Start XPRAM"
 msgstr "&Iniciar XPRAM"
 
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:107
 msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data"
 msgstr "Instalar sistema de archivos o intercambiar aunque &XPRAM contenga datos válidos"
 
 #. frame label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:116
 msgid "Mount Point"
 msgstr "Punto de montaje"
 
 #. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:125
 msgid "&Mount Point"
 msgstr "Punto de &montaje"
 
 #. frame label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:140
 msgid "File System Type"
 msgstr "Tipo del sistema de archivos"
 
 #. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:149
 msgid "F&ile System to Use:"
 msgstr "&Sistema de archivos que utilizar:"
 
@@ -104,36 +104,34 @@
 msgstr "Guardando la configuración de XPRAM"
 
 #. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:108
 msgid "Write the settings"
 msgstr "Escribir la configuración"
 
 #. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:110
 msgid "Restart the service"
 msgstr "Reiniciar el servicio"
 
 #. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:114
 msgid "Writing the settings..."
 msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..."
 
 #. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:116
 msgid "Restarting service..."
 msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio..."
 
 #. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:118
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Terminado"
 
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:135
 msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually."
 msgstr "Error al detener xpram. Pruebe a ejecutar \"rcxpram stop\" manualmente."
 
-#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]);
-#. y2milestone("got %1", out);
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:151
 msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually."
 msgstr "Error al iniciar xpram. Pruebe a ejecutar \"rcxpram start\" manualmente."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po	2017-05-22 12:17:45 UTC (rev 97350)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po	2017-05-23 06:59:00 UTC (rev 97351)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-05 02:27+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
 #. AppArmor dialog caption
 #. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:440
+#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:60
 msgid "AppArmor Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración de AppArmor"
 
@@ -136,119 +136,11 @@
 #. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
 #.
 #. ***************************************************************************
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52
-msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings."
-msgstr "Esta operación genera el siguiente error. Compruebe la instalación y la configuración del perfil de AppArmor."
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:48
+msgid "Failed to change apparmor service. Please use journal (journalctl -n -u apparmor) to diagnose"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Inhabilitado"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:92 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:116
-msgid "1 minute"
-msgstr "1 minuto"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:93 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:105
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:117
-msgid "5 minutes"
-msgstr "5 minutos"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:94 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:106
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:118
-msgid "10 minutes"
-msgstr "10 minutos"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:107
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:119
-msgid "15 minutes"
-msgstr "15 minutos"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:96 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:108
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:120
-msgid "30 minutes"
-msgstr "30 minutos"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:97 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:109
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:121
-msgid "1 hour"
-msgstr "1 hora"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:98 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:110
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:122
-msgid "1 day"
-msgstr "1 día"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:99 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:111
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:123
-msgid "1 week"
-msgstr "1 semana"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:131 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:233
-msgid "Security Event Notification"
-msgstr "Notificación de eventos de seguridad"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:138
-msgid "Terse Notification"
-msgstr "Notificación simple"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:142 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:171
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:200
-msgid "Frequency"
-msgstr "Frecuencia"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:145 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:174
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:203
-msgid "Email Address"
-msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:150 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:179
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:208
-msgid "Severity"
-msgstr "Gravedad"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:159 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:188
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:217
-msgid "Include Unknown Severity Events"
-msgstr "Incluir los eventos de gravedad desconocida"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:167
-msgid "Summary Notification"
-msgstr "Notificación de resumen"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:196
-msgid "Verbose Notification"
-msgstr "Notificación detallada"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350
-msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
-msgstr "Se requiere una dirección de correo electrónico para cada método de notificación seleccionado."
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394
-msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
-msgstr "Error de configuración en las siguientes operaciones:"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:401 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:434
-msgid "Notification is enabled"
-msgstr "La notificación está habilitado"
-
-#. Notification Status
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:403 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:431
-msgid "Notification is disabled"
-msgstr "La notificación está inhabilitada"
-
-#. AppArmor Status
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:422
-msgid "AppArmor is disabled"
-msgstr "AppArmor está inhabilitado"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:426
-msgid "AppArmor is enabled"
-msgstr "AppArmor está habilitado"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:61
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n"
 "module is loaded and functioning.</p>"
@@ -256,7 +148,7 @@
 "<p><b>Estado de AppArmor</b><br>Este informe muestra si el módulo de aplicación \n"
 "de directivas de AppArmor está cargado y funcionando.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:64
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n"
 "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>"
@@ -264,7 +156,7 @@
 "<p><b>Notificación de eventos de seguridad</b><br>Configure esta herramienta si desea \n"
 "que se le notifique mediante correo electrónico cuando se produzcan violaciones de acceso.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:67
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n"
 "uses individual profiles.</p>"
@@ -272,38 +164,28 @@
 "<p><b>Modos de perfil</b><br>Utilice esta herramienta para cambiar la forma en que AppArmor \n"
 "usa los perfiles individuales.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:82
 msgid "&Enable AppArmor"
 msgstr "&Habilitar AppArmor"
 
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:469
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:89
 msgid "Configure AppArmor"
 msgstr "Configurar AppArmor"
 
-#. event notification disabled due to changes in AppArmor
-#. `Frame ( _("Security Event Notification"),
-#. `HBox(
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1),
-#. `HVCenter( `Label( `id(`notifyLabel),  evEnStr )),
-#. `PushButton( `id(`ntconf), _("C&onfigure")),
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1)
-#. )
-#. ),
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(20),
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:485
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95
 msgid "Configure Profile Modes"
 msgstr "Configurar modos de perfiles"
 
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:491
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:101
 msgid "Set profile modes"
 msgstr "Definir modos de perfiles"
 
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:494
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104
 msgid "Co&nfigure"
 msgstr "Co&nfigurar"
 
 #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:128
 #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
 #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
 #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
@@ -1994,7 +1876,77 @@
 msgid "You must select a profile to edit."
 msgstr "Debe seleccionar el perfil que desea editar."
 
-#: perl-lib/Notify.pm:51
-#, perl-format
-msgid "Failed copying %s."
-msgstr "Error al copiar %s."
+#~ msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings."
+#~ msgstr "Esta operación genera el siguiente error. Compruebe la instalación y la configuración del perfil de AppArmor."
+
+#~ msgid "Disabled"
+#~ msgstr "Inhabilitado"
+
+#~ msgid "1 minute"
+#~ msgstr "1 minuto"
+
+#~ msgid "5 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "5 minutos"
+
+#~ msgid "10 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "10 minutos"
+
+#~ msgid "15 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "15 minutos"
+
+#~ msgid "30 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "30 minutos"
+
+#~ msgid "1 hour"
+#~ msgstr "1 hora"
+
+#~ msgid "1 day"
+#~ msgstr "1 día"
+
+#~ msgid "1 week"
+#~ msgstr "1 semana"
+
+#~ msgid "Security Event Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Notificación de eventos de seguridad"
+
+#~ msgid "Terse Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Notificación simple"
+
+#~ msgid "Frequency"
+#~ msgstr "Frecuencia"
+
+#~ msgid "Email Address"
+#~ msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico"
+
+#~ msgid "Severity"
+#~ msgstr "Gravedad"
+
+#~ msgid "Include Unknown Severity Events"
+#~ msgstr "Incluir los eventos de gravedad desconocida"
+
+#~ msgid "Summary Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Notificación de resumen"
+
+#~ msgid "Verbose Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Notificación detallada"
+
+#~ msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
+#~ msgstr "Se requiere una dirección de correo electrónico para cada método de notificación seleccionado."
+
+#~ msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
+#~ msgstr "Error de configuración en las siguientes operaciones:"
+
+#~ msgid "Notification is enabled"
+#~ msgstr "La notificación está habilitado"
+
+#~ msgid "Notification is disabled"
+#~ msgstr "La notificación está inhabilitada"
+
+#~ msgid "AppArmor is disabled"
+#~ msgstr "AppArmor está inhabilitado"
+
+#~ msgid "AppArmor is enabled"
+#~ msgstr "AppArmor está habilitado"
+
+#~ msgid "Failed copying %s."
+#~ msgstr "Error al copiar %s."

    

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97351 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po

keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org